(coordinates_in_window): Fix computation for
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blob15dedd2049af5fd7552aaf30ee023f126da30689
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14885 9098))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
52 ;;;***
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14876 60332))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
108 ;;;***
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14877 36787))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
117 ;;;***
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14807 56557))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 name and site.
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
217 ;;;***
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14874
221 ;;;;;; 16519))
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
263 BODY... )
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
304 during preloading.
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
308 ;;;***
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
342 options.
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil)
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil)
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
385 ;;;***
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14868 1431))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
405 ;;;***
407 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
408 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (14885 13467))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
411 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
413 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
414 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
415 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
416 \\[yank].
418 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
419 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
420 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
421 the rules.
423 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
424 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
425 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
426 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
428 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
429 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
430 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
432 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
433 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
434 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
436 ;;;***
438 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
439 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
440 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
441 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 41837))
442 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
444 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
445 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
446 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
447 as the first thing on a line.")
449 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
450 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
452 (defvar appt-audible t "\
453 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
455 (defvar appt-visible t "\
456 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
458 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
459 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
461 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
462 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
464 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
465 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
467 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
468 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
469 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
471 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
472 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
473 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
475 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
476 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
478 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
479 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
480 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
481 put in the appointments list.
482 02/23/89
483 12:00pm lunch
484 Wednesday
485 10:00am group meeting
486 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
487 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
488 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
490 ;;;***
492 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
493 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14883
494 ;;;;;; 29489))
495 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
497 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
498 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
500 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
502 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
503 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
504 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
505 normal variables." t nil)
507 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
509 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
510 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
511 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
512 noninteractive functions.
514 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
515 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
517 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
518 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
519 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
520 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
521 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
523 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
524 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
525 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
526 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
527 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
529 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
530 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
531 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
532 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
533 bindings.
534 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
536 ;;;***
538 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826
539 ;;;;;; 51988))
540 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
542 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
543 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
544 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
545 Letters no longer insert themselves.
546 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
547 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
549 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
550 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
551 archive.
553 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
555 ;;;***
557 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130))
558 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
560 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
561 Major mode for editing arrays.
563 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
564 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
565 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
567 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
569 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
570 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
571 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
573 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
574 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
575 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
576 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
577 The variables are:
579 Variables you assign:
580 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
581 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
582 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
583 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
584 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
585 row numbers in the buffer.
587 Variables which are calculated:
588 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
589 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
591 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
592 take a numeric prefix argument):
594 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
595 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
596 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
597 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
599 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
600 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
601 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
602 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
604 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
605 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
606 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
607 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
609 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
610 between that of point and mark.
612 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
613 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
615 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
616 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
617 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
618 newlines inside rows)
620 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
622 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
624 ;;;***
626 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (14873
627 ;;;;;; 31240))
628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
630 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
631 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
632 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
633 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
635 How to quit artist mode
637 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
640 How to submit a bug report
642 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
645 Drawing with the mouse:
647 mouse-2
648 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
649 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
650 below).
652 mouse-1
653 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
654 or pastes:
656 Operation Not shifted Shifted
657 --------------------------------------------------------------
658 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
659 to new point
660 --------------------------------------------------------------
661 Line Line in any direction Straight line
662 --------------------------------------------------------------
663 Rectangle Rectangle Square
664 --------------------------------------------------------------
665 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
666 --------------------------------------------------------------
667 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
668 --------------------------------------------------------------
669 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
670 --------------------------------------------------------------
671 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
672 --------------------------------------------------------------
673 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
674 --------------------------------------------------------------
675 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
676 lines
677 --------------------------------------------------------------
678 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
679 --------------------------------------------------------------
680 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
681 --------------------------------------------------------------
682 Paste Paste Paste
683 --------------------------------------------------------------
684 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
685 --------------------------------------------------------------
687 * Straight lines can only go horiziontally, vertically
688 or diagonally.
690 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
691 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
692 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
693 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
694 poly-lines.
696 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
697 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
698 overwrite means the opposite.
700 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
701 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
702 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
704 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
706 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
707 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
709 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
710 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
711 are currently drawing something.
713 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
714 some time to fill.
717 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
718 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
721 Settings
723 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
725 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
727 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
729 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
731 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
732 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
734 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
737 Drawing with keys
739 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
740 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
741 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
742 When erase characters: toggles erasing
743 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
744 When pasting: Pastes
746 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
748 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
750 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
751 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
752 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
753 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
754 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
755 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
758 Arrows
760 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
761 of the line/poly-line
763 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
764 of the line/poly-line
767 Selecting operation
769 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
771 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
772 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
773 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
774 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
775 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
776 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
777 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
778 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
779 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
780 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
781 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
782 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
783 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
784 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
785 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
786 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
787 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
788 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
789 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
790 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
793 Variables
795 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
796 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
798 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
799 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
800 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
801 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
802 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
803 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
804 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
805 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
806 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
807 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
808 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
809 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
810 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
811 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
812 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
813 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
814 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
815 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
816 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
818 Hooks
820 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
821 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
824 Keymap summary
826 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
828 ;;;***
830 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14807
831 ;;;;;; 56561))
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
834 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
835 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
836 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
838 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
839 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
840 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
841 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
843 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
844 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
846 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
847 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
849 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
851 Special commands:
852 \\{asm-mode-map}
853 " t nil)
855 ;;;***
857 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
858 ;;;;;; (14777 22130))
859 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
861 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
862 Obsolete.")
864 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
865 This command is obsolete." t nil)
867 ;;;***
869 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
870 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
871 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
873 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
874 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
875 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
877 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
879 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
881 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
883 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
884 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
885 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
886 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
887 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
888 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
889 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
890 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
891 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
892 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
894 For example:
895 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
896 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
897 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
898 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
899 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
901 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
903 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
904 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
905 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
907 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
909 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
911 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
913 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
914 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
915 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
916 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
917 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
918 &c to supply digit arguments.
920 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
922 ;;;***
924 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
925 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
928 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
929 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
931 ;;;***
933 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
934 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14876 60331))
935 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
937 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
938 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
939 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
941 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
942 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
943 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
944 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
946 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
947 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
948 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
950 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
952 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
954 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
956 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
957 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
958 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
959 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
961 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
962 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
964 ;;;***
966 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
967 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
968 ;;;;;; (14659 23014))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
971 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
972 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
973 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
975 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
976 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
977 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
979 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
980 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
981 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
983 ;;;***
985 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
986 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
987 ;;;;;; (14777 22132))
988 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
990 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
991 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
993 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
994 instead.")
996 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
997 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
999 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1000 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1002 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1004 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1006 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1007 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1009 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1010 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1011 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1013 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1014 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1016 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1017 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1019 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1020 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1022 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1023 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1024 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1026 ;;;***
1028 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1029 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14877 9921))
1030 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1032 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1033 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1034 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1036 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1038 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1040 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1042 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1043 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1044 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1045 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1047 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1048 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1049 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1051 Effects of the different modes:
1052 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1053 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1054 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1055 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1056 a random distance & direction.
1057 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1058 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1059 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1061 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1063 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1064 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1065 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1067 ;;;***
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
1070 ;;;;;; 32223))
1071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1073 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1074 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1075 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1076 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1077 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1079 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1081 ;;;***
1083 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1084 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
1085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1087 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1088 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1090 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1091 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1093 For example:
1095 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1096 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1097 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1098 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1100 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1102 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1104 ;;;***
1106 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1107 ;;;;;; (14821 31343))
1108 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1110 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1111 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1112 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1113 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1115 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1116 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1117 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1118 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1119 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1120 seconds." t nil)
1122 ;;;***
1124 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14505
1125 ;;;;;; 7809))
1126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1128 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1129 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1131 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1132 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1133 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1134 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1135 message.
1138 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1140 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1141 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1142 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1143 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1144 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1146 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1147 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1148 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1149 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1150 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1151 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1153 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1154 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1155 BibTeX mode.
1158 Special information:
1160 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1162 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1163 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1164 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1165 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1166 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1167 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1168 current field.
1169 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1170 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1172 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1173 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1174 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1175 bibtex-entry-format.
1176 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1177 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1178 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1180 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1181 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1183 The following may be of interest as well:
1185 Functions:
1186 bibtex-entry
1187 bibtex-kill-entry
1188 bibtex-yank-pop
1189 bibtex-pop-previous
1190 bibtex-pop-next
1191 bibtex-complete-string
1192 bibtex-complete-key
1193 bibtex-print-help-message
1194 bibtex-generate-autokey
1195 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1196 bibtex-end-of-entry
1197 bibtex-reposition-window
1198 bibtex-mark-entry
1199 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1200 bibtex-ispell-entry
1201 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1202 bibtex-sort-buffer
1203 bibtex-validate
1204 bibtex-count
1205 bibtex-fill-entry
1206 bibtex-reformat
1207 bibtex-convert-alien
1209 Variables:
1210 bibtex-field-delimiters
1211 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1212 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1213 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1214 bibtex-entry-format
1215 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1216 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1217 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1218 bibtex-predefined-strings
1219 bibtex-string-files
1221 ---------------------------------------------------------
1222 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1223 non-nil.
1225 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1227 ;;;***
1229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14849 20131))
1230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1232 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1234 ;;;***
1236 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1237 ;;;;;; 27947))
1238 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1240 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1241 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1242 the default is 4.
1244 What is blackbox?
1246 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1247 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1248 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1249 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1250 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1251 your score.
1253 Overview of play:
1255 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1256 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1257 four.
1259 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1260 movement keys.
1262 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1263 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1265 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1266 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1268 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1269 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1270 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1271 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1272 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1273 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1275 Details:
1277 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1279 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1280 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1281 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1282 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1284 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1285 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1286 denoted by the letter `R'.
1288 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1289 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1290 denoted by the letter `H'.
1292 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1293 example.
1295 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1296 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1297 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1298 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1299 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1300 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1301 ray.
1303 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1304 degree deflection it causes.
1307 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1308 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1309 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1310 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1311 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1312 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1313 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1314 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1317 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1318 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1321 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1322 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1323 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1324 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1325 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1326 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1327 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1328 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1330 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1331 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1332 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1333 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1334 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1335 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1336 emerging from the box.
1338 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1340 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1341 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1342 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1343 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1344 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1345 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1346 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1349 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1350 a reflection." t nil)
1352 ;;;***
1354 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1355 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1356 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1357 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1358 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1359 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14777 22136))
1360 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1361 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1362 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1363 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1365 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1366 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1367 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1368 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1369 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1370 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1372 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1374 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1376 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1378 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1380 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1382 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1384 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1386 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1388 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1390 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1392 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1394 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1396 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1398 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1400 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1401 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1402 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1403 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1404 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1405 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1406 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1407 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1408 recent one.
1410 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1411 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1412 yank successive words.
1414 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1415 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1416 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1417 name of the file being visited.
1419 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1420 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1421 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1423 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1424 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1425 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1426 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1427 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1428 this.
1430 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1431 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1432 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1433 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1435 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1436 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1437 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1438 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1439 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1441 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1442 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1443 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1444 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1446 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1448 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1449 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1450 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1451 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1453 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1454 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1455 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1457 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1458 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1459 name." t nil)
1461 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1462 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1463 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1464 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1465 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1466 this." t nil)
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1469 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1470 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1471 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1472 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1473 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1474 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1475 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1477 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1478 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1479 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1481 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1482 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1483 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1484 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1485 \(second argument).
1487 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1488 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1489 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1490 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1491 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1493 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1494 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1495 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1496 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1498 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1499 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1500 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1501 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1502 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1503 while loading.
1505 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1506 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1507 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1508 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1509 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1510 explicitly.
1512 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1513 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1514 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1515 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1517 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1518 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1519 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1520 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1521 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1523 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1525 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1527 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1528 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1529 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1530 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1531 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1532 this.
1534 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1535 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1536 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1538 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1539 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1540 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1541 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1542 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1543 this.
1545 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1546 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1547 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1549 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1550 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1551 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1553 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1554 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1555 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1557 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1558 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1559 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1560 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1561 prompts for NEWNAME.
1562 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1563 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1564 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1566 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1567 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1568 name.
1570 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1571 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1572 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1574 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1575 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1576 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1577 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1578 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1579 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1581 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1582 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1583 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1585 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1587 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1589 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1591 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1593 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1595 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1597 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1599 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1601 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1603 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1605 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1607 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1609 ;;;***
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1612 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1613 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1614 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
1615 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
1616 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
1617 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
1618 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1619 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14862 37898))
1620 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1622 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1623 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1624 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1625 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1627 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1628 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1629 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1630 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1631 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1633 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1634 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1635 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1636 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1637 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1639 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1640 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1642 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1643 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1644 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1646 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1647 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1649 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1650 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1651 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1652 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1653 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1654 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1656 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1657 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1658 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1659 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1660 narrowed." t nil)
1662 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1663 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1665 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1666 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1668 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1669 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1670 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1671 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1673 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1674 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1675 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1676 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1678 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1679 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1680 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1681 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1682 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1683 to use." t nil)
1685 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1686 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1687 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1688 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1690 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1691 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1692 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1693 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1695 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1696 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1698 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1699 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1700 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1701 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1703 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1704 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1705 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1706 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1708 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1709 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1711 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1712 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1714 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1715 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1716 program is invoked according to the variable
1717 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1719 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1720 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1721 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1722 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1724 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1725 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1727 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1728 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1729 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1732 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1733 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1734 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1736 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1737 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1738 Default to the URL around or before point.
1740 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1741 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1742 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1745 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1746 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1747 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1752 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1753 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1754 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1756 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1757 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1758 Default to the URL around or before point.
1760 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1761 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1762 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1764 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1765 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1767 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1768 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1769 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1770 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1772 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1773 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1774 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1775 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1776 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1778 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1779 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1780 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1781 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1783 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1784 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1785 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1786 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1788 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1789 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1791 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1792 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1793 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1795 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1796 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1797 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1798 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1799 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1800 current one.
1802 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1803 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1804 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1805 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1807 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1808 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1810 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1811 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1812 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1813 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1814 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1815 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1817 ;;;***
1819 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1820 ;;;;;; 42538))
1821 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1823 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1824 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1826 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1827 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1829 ;;;***
1831 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1832 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14886 21309))
1833 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1835 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1836 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1837 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1838 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1840 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1841 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1842 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1843 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1845 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1846 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1848 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1849 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1850 \\<bs-mode-map>
1851 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1852 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1853 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1854 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1856 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1857 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1858 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1859 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1860 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1862 ;;;***
1864 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1865 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1866 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1867 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14859 11531))
1868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1870 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1871 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1872 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1874 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1875 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1876 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1877 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1879 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1880 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1881 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1882 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1884 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1886 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1887 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1889 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1890 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1891 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1892 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1893 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1895 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1896 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1897 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1898 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1900 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1901 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1902 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1904 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1905 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1906 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1907 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1908 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1909 all functions called by those functions.
1911 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1912 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1913 cons, etc.).
1915 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1916 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1917 invoked interactively." t nil)
1919 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1920 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1921 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1922 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1923 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1924 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1926 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1927 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1928 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1929 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1931 ;;;***
1933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1934 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1936 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1938 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1940 ;;;***
1942 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1943 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1946 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1947 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1948 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1949 from the cursor position." t nil)
1951 ;;;***
1953 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14873
1954 ;;;;;; 6783))
1955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1957 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1958 Run the Emacs calculator.
1959 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1961 ;;;***
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1964 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1965 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1966 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1967 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1968 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1969 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1970 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1971 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1972 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1973 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1974 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1975 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1976 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1977 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1978 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1979 ;;;;;; (14875 40521))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1982 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1983 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1984 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1986 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1987 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1988 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1989 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1990 the screen.")
1992 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1993 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1994 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1995 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1996 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1998 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1999 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2000 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2001 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2002 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2003 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2004 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2006 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2007 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2008 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2009 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2010 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2012 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2013 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2014 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2016 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2017 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2018 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2020 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2021 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2022 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2024 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2025 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2026 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2027 displayed.")
2029 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2030 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2031 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2033 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2034 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2035 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2037 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2039 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2040 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2041 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2043 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2044 calendar.")
2046 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2047 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2048 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2050 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2051 calendar.")
2053 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2054 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2055 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2057 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2058 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2059 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2060 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2061 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2063 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2064 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2065 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2066 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2067 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2068 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2069 a function is also provided for this:
2070 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2072 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2073 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2074 date is not visible in the window.
2076 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2077 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2078 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2080 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2081 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2083 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2084 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2085 date is visible in the window.
2087 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2088 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2089 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2091 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2092 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2094 For example,
2096 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2098 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2100 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2101 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2103 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2105 MONTH/DAY
2106 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2107 MONTHNAME DAY
2108 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2109 DAYNAME
2111 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2112 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2113 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2114 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2115 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2116 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2117 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2118 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2119 respectively.
2121 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2122 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2123 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2125 DAY/MONTH
2126 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2127 DAY MONTHNAME
2128 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2129 DAYNAME
2131 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2132 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2134 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2135 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2136 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2137 window but will appear in a diary window.
2139 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2140 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2142 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2143 entries (in the default American style):
2145 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2146 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2147 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2148 21: Payday
2149 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2150 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2151 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2152 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2153 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2154 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2155 &* 15 time cards due.
2157 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2158 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2159 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2160 single diary entry
2162 02/11/1989
2163 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2164 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2165 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2166 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2167 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2168 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2170 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2171 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2172 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2174 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2176 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2178 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2179 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2180 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2181 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2182 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2183 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2184 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2185 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2186 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2188 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2189 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2190 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2191 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2192 for these functions for details.
2194 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2195 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2197 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2198 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2200 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2201 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2203 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2204 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2206 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2207 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2208 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2210 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2211 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2212 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2214 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2215 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2216 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2217 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2219 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2220 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2221 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2222 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2224 DAY/MONTH
2225 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2226 DAY MONTHNAME
2227 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2228 DAYNAME
2230 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2231 characters with or without a period.")
2233 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2234 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2235 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2237 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2238 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2239 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2241 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2242 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2243 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2245 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2246 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2247 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2249 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2250 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2251 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2252 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2253 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2254 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2256 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2257 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2258 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2260 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2261 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2262 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2263 of the form
2265 #include \"filename\"
2267 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2268 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2269 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2270 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2271 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2273 For example, you could use
2275 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2276 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2277 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2279 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2280 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2281 lexicographic order.")
2283 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2284 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2285 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2287 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2288 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2289 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2290 diary display.
2292 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2293 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2294 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2295 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2296 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2297 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2298 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2300 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2301 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2302 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2303 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2304 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2305 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2306 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2307 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2309 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2310 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2311 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2312 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2313 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2314 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2316 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2317 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2319 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2320 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2321 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2322 of the form
2323 #include \"filename\"
2324 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2325 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2326 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2327 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2328 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2330 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2331 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2332 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2333 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2334 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2335 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2337 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2338 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2339 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2340 are holidays.")
2342 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2343 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2344 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2345 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2346 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2348 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2350 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2351 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2352 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2354 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2356 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2357 *Oriental holidays.
2358 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2360 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2362 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2363 *Local holidays.
2364 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2366 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2368 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2369 *User defined holidays.
2370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2372 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2374 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2376 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2378 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2380 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2382 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2384 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2386 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2388 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2390 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2391 *Jewish holidays.
2392 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2394 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2396 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2397 *Christian holidays.
2398 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2400 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2402 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2403 *Islamic holidays.
2404 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2406 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2408 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2409 *Sun-related holidays.
2410 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2412 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2414 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2415 The frame set up of the calendar.
2416 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2417 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2418 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2419 any other value the current frame is used.")
2421 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2422 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2423 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2425 ;;;***
2427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 17402))
2428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2430 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2431 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2433 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2434 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2436 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2437 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2439 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2440 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2442 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2443 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2445 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2446 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2448 ;;;***
2450 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2451 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2452 ;;;;;; (14716 17402))
2453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2455 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2457 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2458 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2459 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2460 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2461 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2462 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2464 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2466 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2467 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2468 run first.
2470 Key bindings:
2471 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2473 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2474 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2475 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2476 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2477 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2478 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2479 message.
2481 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2483 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2484 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2485 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2487 Key bindings:
2488 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2490 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2491 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2492 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2493 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2494 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2495 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2496 message.
2498 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2500 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2501 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2502 is run first.
2504 Key bindings:
2505 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2507 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2508 Major mode for editing Java code.
2509 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2510 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2511 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2512 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2513 message.
2515 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2517 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2518 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2519 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2520 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2521 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2523 Key bindings:
2524 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2526 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2527 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2528 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2529 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2530 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2531 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2532 message.
2534 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2536 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2537 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2538 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2540 Key bindings:
2541 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2543 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2544 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2545 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2546 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2547 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2548 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2549 message.
2551 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2553 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2554 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2555 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2557 Key bindings:
2558 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2560 ;;;***
2562 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2563 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 17403))
2564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2566 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2567 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2568 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2569 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2570 for details of setting up styles.
2572 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2573 style name.
2575 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2576 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2577 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2578 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2579 will be reassigned.
2581 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2582 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2583 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2585 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2586 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2587 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2588 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2590 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2592 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2593 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2594 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2596 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2597 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2598 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2599 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2600 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2602 ;;;***
2604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 17403))
2605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2607 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2608 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2609 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2610 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2611 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2613 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2614 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2616 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2617 `infodock'.")
2619 ;;;***
2621 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2622 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2623 ;;;;;; (14747 44775))
2624 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2626 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2627 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2629 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2630 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2632 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2633 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2635 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2636 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2637 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2638 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2639 execution.
2641 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2643 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2644 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2646 CCL-PROGRAM is has this form:
2647 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2648 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2649 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2651 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2652 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2653 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2654 `write' commands.
2656 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2657 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2658 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2659 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2661 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2662 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2663 semantics.
2665 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2667 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2669 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2671 STATEMENT :=
2672 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2673 | TRANSLATE | END
2675 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2676 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2677 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2678 | integer
2680 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2682 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2683 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2684 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2686 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2687 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2688 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2690 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2691 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2693 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2694 BREAK := (break)
2696 REPEAT :=
2697 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2698 (repeat)
2699 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2700 ;; (repeat))
2701 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2702 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2703 ;; (read REG)
2704 ;; (repeat))
2705 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2706 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2707 ;; (read REG)
2708 ;; (repeat))
2709 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2711 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2712 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2713 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2714 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2715 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2716 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2717 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2718 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2719 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2720 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2721 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2722 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2723 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2724 ;; to ((CODE0 << 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2725 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2726 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2728 WRITE :=
2729 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2730 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2731 ;; representation.
2732 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2733 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2734 ;; (write r7))
2735 | (write EXPRESSION)
2736 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2737 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2738 ;; representation.
2739 | (write integer)
2740 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2741 ;; buffer.
2742 | (write string)
2743 ;; Same as: (write string)
2744 | string
2745 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2746 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2747 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2748 ;; representation.
2749 | (write REG ARRAY)
2750 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2751 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2752 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2753 ;; 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2754 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2755 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2757 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2758 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2760 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2761 END := (end)
2763 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2764 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2765 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2767 ARG := REG | integer
2769 OPERATOR :=
2770 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2771 + | - | * | / | %
2773 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2774 | & | `|' | ^
2776 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2777 | << | >>
2779 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2780 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2781 | <8
2783 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2784 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2785 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2786 | >8
2788 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2789 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2790 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2791 | //
2793 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2794 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2796 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2797 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2798 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2799 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2800 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2801 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2802 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2803 | de-sjis
2805 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2806 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2807 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2808 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2809 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2810 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2811 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2812 ;; byte of SJIS.
2813 | en-sjis
2815 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2816 ;; Same meaning as C code
2817 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2819 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2820 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2821 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2822 | <8=
2824 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2825 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2826 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2828 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2829 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2830 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2831 | //=
2833 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2836 TRANSLATE :=
2837 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2838 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2839 MAP :=
2840 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2841 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2842 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2843 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2844 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2845 MAP-ID := integer
2846 " nil (quote macro))
2848 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2849 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2850 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2851 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2852 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2853 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2855 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2856 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2857 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2859 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2861 ;;;***
2863 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2864 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2865 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2866 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2867 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2868 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2869 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2870 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2871 ;;;;;; (14866 25750))
2872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2874 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2875 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2876 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2877 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2879 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2880 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2881 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2882 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2883 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2884 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2885 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2886 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2888 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2889 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2890 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2891 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2892 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2893 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2894 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2895 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2897 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2898 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2899 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2900 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2901 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2903 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2904 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2905 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2906 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2907 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2909 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2910 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2911 Only documentation strings are checked.
2912 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2913 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2914 a separate buffer." t nil)
2916 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2917 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2918 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2919 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2920 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2922 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2923 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2924 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2925 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2926 if there is one.
2927 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2929 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2930 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2931 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2933 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2934 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2935 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2936 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2937 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2939 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2940 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2941 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2942 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2943 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2944 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2946 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2947 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2948 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2949 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2951 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2952 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2953 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2954 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2956 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2957 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2958 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2959 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2961 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2962 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2963 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2964 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2966 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2967 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2968 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2969 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2971 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2972 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2973 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2974 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2976 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2977 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2978 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2979 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2981 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2982 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2983 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2984 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2986 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2987 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2988 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2989 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2991 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2992 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2993 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2995 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2996 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2997 checking of documentation strings.
2999 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3001 ;;;***
3003 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3004 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
3005 ;;;;;; 45987))
3006 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3008 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3009 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3010 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3012 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3013 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3015 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3016 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3017 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3019 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3020 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3022 ;;;***
3024 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3025 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 31697))
3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3028 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3029 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3030 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3031 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3032 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3033 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3035 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3036 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3037 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3038 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3039 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3041 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3043 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3044 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3045 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3046 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3047 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3049 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3050 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3051 \\{command-history-map}
3053 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3054 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3056 ;;;***
3058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14886 9525))
3059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3061 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3062 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3063 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3064 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3065 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3066 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3068 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3069 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3071 ;;;***
3073 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3074 ;;;;;; (14735 57398))
3075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3077 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3079 ;;;***
3081 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3082 ;;;;;; (14837 50477))
3083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3085 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3086 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3087 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3088 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3090 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3091 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3092 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3094 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3095 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3097 ;;;***
3099 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14865
3100 ;;;;;; 26959))
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3103 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3104 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3105 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3106 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3107 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3108 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3109 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3110 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3112 ;;;***
3114 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3115 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3116 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 7113))
3117 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3119 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3120 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3121 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3122 ASCII table.
3124 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3125 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3126 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3127 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3129 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3130 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3131 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3133 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3134 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3135 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3137 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3138 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3139 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3141 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3142 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3144 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3145 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3146 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3148 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3149 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3151 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3152 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3154 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3155 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3156 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3158 ;;;***
3160 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3161 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3162 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3163 ;;;;;; (14854 32221))
3164 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3166 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3167 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3168 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3169 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3170 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3171 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3172 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3173 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3175 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3177 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3178 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3179 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3180 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3181 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3182 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3183 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3184 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3186 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3188 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3189 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3190 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3191 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3192 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3193 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3195 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3196 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3197 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3199 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3201 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3202 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3203 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3205 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3207 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3208 Send COMMAND to current process.
3209 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3210 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3212 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3213 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3214 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3215 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3217 ;;;***
3219 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777
3220 ;;;;;; 22146))
3221 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3223 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3224 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3225 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3226 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3228 This command pushes the mark in each window
3229 at the prior location of point in that window.
3230 If both windows display the same buffer,
3231 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3232 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3234 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3235 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3236 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3238 ;;;***
3240 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3241 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3242 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3243 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14866 25750))
3244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3246 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3247 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3249 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3250 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3252 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3253 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3254 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3255 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3256 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3258 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3259 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3260 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3261 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3262 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3264 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3265 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3266 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3267 describing how the process finished.")
3269 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3270 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3271 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3272 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3274 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3275 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3276 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3278 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3279 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3280 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3281 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3283 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3284 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3285 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3286 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3288 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3289 and move to the source code that caused it.
3291 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3292 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3294 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3295 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3296 Then start the next one.
3298 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3299 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3300 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3302 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3303 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3304 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3305 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3306 where grep found matches.
3308 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3309 easily repeat a grep command.
3311 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3312 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3313 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3314 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3316 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3317 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3318 Collect output in a buffer.
3319 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3320 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3322 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3323 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3325 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3326 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3327 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3328 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3329 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3331 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3333 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3334 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3335 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3336 See `compilation-mode'.
3337 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3339 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3340 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3341 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3342 See `compilation-mode'.
3343 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3345 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3346 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3348 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3349 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3351 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3352 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3353 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3354 and start at the first error.
3356 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3357 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3358 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3359 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3360 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3361 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3363 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3364 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3365 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3367 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3368 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3369 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3371 ;;;***
3373 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3374 ;;;;;; (14854 32221))
3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3377 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3378 Toggle Partial-Completion mode on or off.
3379 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3381 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3383 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3385 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3387 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3388 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3389 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3391 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3392 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3393 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3394 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3396 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3397 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3398 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3399 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3401 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
3402 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3403 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
3404 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3406 ;;;***
3408 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3409 ;;;;;; (14777 22150))
3410 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3412 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3413 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3415 ;;;***
3417 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3418 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3419 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3420 ;;;;;; (14855 56552))
3421 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3423 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3424 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3425 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3426 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3427 `make-composition'.
3429 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3431 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3432 | | 1:tc or top-center
3433 | | 2:tr or top-right
3434 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3435 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3436 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3437 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3438 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3439 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3441 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3442 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3443 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3444 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3445 be added.
3447 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3448 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
3449 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3451 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3452 | | |
3453 | global| |
3454 | glyph | |
3455 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3456 +----+--*--+
3457 | | new |
3458 | |glyph|
3459 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3462 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3463 Compose characters in the current region.
3465 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3467 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3468 specifying the region.
3470 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3471 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3473 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3474 of the text in the region.
3476 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3478 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3479 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3480 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3481 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3483 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3484 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3485 detail.
3487 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3488 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3489 text in the composition." t nil)
3491 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3492 Decompose text in the current region.
3494 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3495 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3497 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3498 Compose characters in string STRING.
3500 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3501 the characters in it.
3503 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3504 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3505 STRING respectively.
3507 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3508 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3509 `compose-region' for more detail.
3511 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3512 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3513 text in the composition." nil nil)
3515 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3516 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3518 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3519 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3520 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3521 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3522 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3523 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3524 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3525 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3527 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3528 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3530 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3531 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3533 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3534 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3536 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3537 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3539 If no composition is found, return nil.
3541 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3542 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3544 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3545 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3546 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3548 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3550 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3552 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3553 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3554 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3556 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3558 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3560 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3561 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3563 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3564 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3565 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3566 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3567 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3568 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3569 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3570 nil.
3572 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3574 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3575 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3577 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3579 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3580 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3582 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3584 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3585 Compose last characters.
3586 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3587 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3588 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3589 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3590 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3591 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3592 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3594 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3595 Convert CHAR to string.
3596 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3598 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3599 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3600 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3602 ;;;***
3604 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3605 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3606 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3608 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3609 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3610 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3612 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3613 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3614 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3616 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3617 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3618 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3619 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3621 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3622 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3624 ;;;***
3626 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3627 ;;;;;; (14463 42380))
3628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3630 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3631 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3632 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3633 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3634 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3635 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3637 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3638 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3640 ;;;***
3642 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3643 ;;;;;; (14839 64809))
3644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3646 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3647 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3648 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3649 Tab indents for Perl code.
3650 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3651 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3653 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3654 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3655 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3656 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3657 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3658 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3659 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3660 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3661 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3662 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3663 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3664 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3666 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3668 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3669 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3671 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3673 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3674 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3675 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3676 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3677 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3678 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3679 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3680 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3681 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3683 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3685 bite if angry;
3687 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3688 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3689 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3690 to nil.)
3692 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3693 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3694 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3696 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3698 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3699 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3700 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3701 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3702 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3704 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3706 if (A) { B }
3708 into
3710 B if A;
3712 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3714 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3715 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3716 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3717 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3718 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3719 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3720 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3721 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3722 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3723 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3724 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3725 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3726 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3728 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3729 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3730 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3731 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3732 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3733 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3735 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3736 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3737 man via menu.
3739 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3740 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3741 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3742 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3743 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3745 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3746 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3747 span the needed amount of lines.
3749 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3750 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3751 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3752 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3754 Variables controlling indentation style:
3755 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3756 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3757 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3758 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3759 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3760 `cperl-auto-newline'
3761 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3762 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3763 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3764 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3765 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3766 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3767 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3768 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3769 `cperl-indent-level'
3770 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3771 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3772 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3773 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3774 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3775 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3776 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3777 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3778 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3779 `cperl-brace-offset'
3780 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3781 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3782 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3783 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3784 `cperl-label-offset'
3785 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3786 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3787 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3789 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3790 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3791 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3792 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3793 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3795 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3796 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3797 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3798 \(both available from menu).
3800 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3801 column 0 is indented on
3802 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3804 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3805 with no args.
3807 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3808 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3809 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3811 ;;;***
3813 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3814 ;;;;;; (14726 41840))
3815 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3817 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3818 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3819 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3820 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3821 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3823 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3824 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3826 ;;;***
3828 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3829 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3832 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3833 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3834 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3835 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3838 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3840 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3842 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3844 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3845 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3846 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3848 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3850 ;;;***
3852 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3853 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3856 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3857 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3858 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3859 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3861 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3862 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3863 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3864 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3866 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3867 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3868 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3870 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3871 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3872 'bob', and 'eve'.
3874 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3875 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3876 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3878 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3880 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3881 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3882 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3884 ;;;***
3886 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3887 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3888 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3889 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3890 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3891 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3892 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3893 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3894 ;;;;;; (14886 20133))
3895 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3896 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3898 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3899 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3901 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3902 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3904 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3905 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3907 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3909 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3910 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3912 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3913 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3915 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3916 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3918 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3919 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3921 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3922 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3924 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3926 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3927 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3928 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3929 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3931 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3932 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3934 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3935 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3937 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3938 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3940 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3942 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3943 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3944 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3945 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3946 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3948 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3949 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3951 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3952 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3954 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3956 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3957 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3959 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3960 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3961 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3962 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3963 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3965 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3966 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3967 version." t nil)
3969 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3971 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3972 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3973 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3975 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3976 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3977 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3979 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3980 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3982 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3983 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3985 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3986 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3988 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3989 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3990 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3991 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3992 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3993 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3994 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3996 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3997 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3998 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4000 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4001 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4003 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4004 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4006 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4007 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4008 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4009 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4010 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4011 that option." nil nil)
4013 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4014 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4015 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4016 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4017 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4018 that option." nil nil)
4020 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4021 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4023 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4024 File used for storing customization information.
4025 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4026 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4027 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4029 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4030 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4031 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4032 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4034 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4035 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4037 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4038 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4040 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4041 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4042 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4044 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4045 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4046 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4047 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4048 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4050 ;;;***
4052 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4053 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14883 29489))
4054 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4056 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4057 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4059 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4060 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4061 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4063 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4065 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4066 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4067 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4069 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4071 ;;;***
4073 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4074 ;;;;;; (14854 32221))
4075 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4077 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4078 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4080 ;;;***
4082 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4083 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
4084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4086 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4087 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4089 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4090 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4091 C++ modes are included.
4093 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4095 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4096 Turn on CWarn mode.
4098 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4099 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4101 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4102 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4104 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4106 ;;;***
4108 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4109 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4110 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
4111 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4113 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4114 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4116 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4117 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4119 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4120 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4121 For readability, the table is slightly
4122 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4124 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4125 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4126 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4127 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4128 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4130 ;;;***
4132 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4133 ;;;;;; (14777 22159))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4136 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4138 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4140 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4141 Completion on current word.
4142 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4143 and presents suggestions for completion.
4145 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4146 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4147 completions.
4149 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4150 then it searches *all* buffers.
4152 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4153 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4155 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4156 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4158 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4159 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4160 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4161 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4162 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4164 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4165 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4167 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4168 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4169 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4171 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4172 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4174 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4176 ;;;***
4178 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
4179 ;;;;;; 38927))
4180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4182 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4183 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4185 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4186 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4187 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4189 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4190 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4191 Data lines are not indented.
4193 Key bindings:
4195 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4196 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4198 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4199 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4200 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4201 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4203 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4205 dcl-basic-offset
4206 Extra indentation within blocks.
4208 dcl-continuation-offset
4209 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4211 dcl-margin-offset
4212 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4214 dcl-margin-label-offset
4215 Indentation for a label.
4217 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4218 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4220 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4221 dcl-block-end-regexp
4222 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4223 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4224 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4225 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4226 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4228 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4229 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4230 Two such functions are included in the package:
4231 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4232 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4234 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4235 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4236 One such function is included in the package:
4237 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4239 dcl-tab-always-indent
4240 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4241 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4242 margin.
4244 dcl-electric-characters
4245 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4246 typed.
4248 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4249 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4250 which words trigger electric indentation.
4252 dcl-tempo-comma
4253 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4254 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4255 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4257 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4258 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4259 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4260 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4262 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4263 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4264 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4265 dcl-imenu-label-call
4266 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4268 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4269 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4270 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4271 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4274 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4276 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4277 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4278 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4279 $ i = 1
4280 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4281 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4282 $ label:
4283 $ if i.eq.1
4284 $ then
4285 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4286 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4287 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4288 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4289 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4290 \"lined up with the command line\"
4291 $ type sys$input
4292 Data lines are not indented at all.
4293 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4294 $ endif
4296 " t nil)
4298 ;;;***
4300 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4301 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4304 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4306 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4307 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4308 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4309 of the evaluator.
4311 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4312 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4313 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4315 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4316 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4317 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4318 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4319 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4320 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4321 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4323 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4324 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4325 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4327 ;;;***
4329 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4330 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4331 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4333 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4334 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4336 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4337 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4338 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4339 Upper-case letters are commands.
4341 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4342 modify it.
4344 The most useful commands are:
4345 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4346 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4347 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4348 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4349 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4350 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4352 ;;;***
4354 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4355 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14846
4356 ;;;;;; 45911))
4357 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4359 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4360 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4362 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4363 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4365 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4367 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4368 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4370 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4372 ;;;***
4374 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
4375 ;;;;;; 12112))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4378 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4379 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4380 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4381 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4382 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4383 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4385 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4387 Customization:
4389 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4390 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4391 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4392 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4393 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4394 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4395 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4396 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4397 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4398 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4399 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4400 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4401 blank line.
4402 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4403 Directories to search when finding external units.
4404 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4405 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4407 Coloring:
4409 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4410 Face used to color delphi comments.
4411 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4412 Face used to color delphi strings.
4413 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4414 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4415 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4416 Face used to color everything else.
4418 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4419 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4421 ;;;***
4423 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854
4424 ;;;;;; 32221))
4425 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4427 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4429 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4430 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
4431 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4432 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4433 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4435 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4437 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4439 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4440 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4441 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4442 positive.
4444 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4445 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4446 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4447 any selection." t nil)
4449 ;;;***
4451 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4452 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14891 28342))
4453 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4455 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4456 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4458 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4460 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4461 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4462 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4463 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4464 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4465 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4466 hooks for the new mode.
4468 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4470 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4472 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4473 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4474 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4476 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4477 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4479 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4480 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4481 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4483 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4484 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4486 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4487 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4488 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4489 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4490 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4492 ;;;***
4494 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4495 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
4496 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4498 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4499 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4500 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4502 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4503 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4504 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4505 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4507 ;;;***
4509 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4510 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4511 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4512 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4513 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4514 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4515 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4516 ;;;;;; (14776 10060))
4517 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4519 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4520 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4521 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4523 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4524 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4525 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4527 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4528 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4529 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4530 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4532 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4533 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4534 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4535 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4537 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4538 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4540 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4541 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4542 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4544 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4545 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4547 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4549 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4551 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4553 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4554 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4556 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4558 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4559 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4561 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4563 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4565 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4567 ;;;***
4569 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4570 ;;;;;; (14886 18220))
4571 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4573 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4574 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4575 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4576 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4577 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4579 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4580 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4581 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4583 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4584 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4585 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4586 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4588 #!/bin/sh
4589 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4590 emacs -batch \\
4591 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4592 european-calendar-style t \\
4593 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4594 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4595 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4597 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4598 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4599 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4600 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4602 ;;;***
4604 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4605 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163))
4606 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4608 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4609 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4611 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4612 *The command to use to run diff.")
4614 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4615 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4616 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4617 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4618 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4620 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4621 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4622 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4623 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4624 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4626 ;;;***
4628 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4629 ;;;;;; (14866 25750))
4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4632 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4633 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4634 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4635 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4636 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4637 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4639 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4640 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4641 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4643 ;;;***
4645 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4646 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4647 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4648 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4649 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14883 29489))
4650 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4652 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4653 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4654 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4655 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4656 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4658 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4659 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4661 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4662 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4663 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4664 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4665 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4667 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4668 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4670 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4671 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4672 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4673 always set this variable to t.")
4675 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4676 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4677 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4678 A value of t means move to first file.")
4680 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4681 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4682 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4683 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4684 are afterward marked with that character.")
4686 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4687 *Controls marking of copied files.
4688 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4689 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4691 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4692 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4693 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4694 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4696 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4697 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4698 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4699 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4701 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4702 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4703 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4704 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4706 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4708 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4709 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4710 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4711 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4713 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4714 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4715 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4716 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4717 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4718 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4719 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4720 list of files to make directory entries for.
4721 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4722 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4723 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4724 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4726 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4727 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4729 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4730 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4731 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4733 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4734 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4736 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4737 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4739 ;;;***
4741 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4742 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4743 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4744 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4745 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4746 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4747 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4748 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4749 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4750 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4751 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4752 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4753 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14883 57152))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4756 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4757 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4758 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4759 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4760 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4761 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4763 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4764 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4765 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4766 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4767 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4768 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4770 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4771 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4772 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4774 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4775 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4777 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4778 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4780 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4781 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4782 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4783 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4785 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4786 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4787 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4788 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4789 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4791 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4793 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4794 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4795 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4797 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4798 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4799 instead of att the end of the command.
4801 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4802 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4803 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4805 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4806 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4808 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4809 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4811 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4812 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4813 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4814 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4815 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4816 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4818 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4820 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4821 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4823 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4824 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4826 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4827 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4829 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4830 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4831 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4832 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4834 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4836 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4838 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4840 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4842 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4844 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4845 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4847 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4848 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4849 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4850 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4851 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4852 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4853 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4855 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4856 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4857 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4858 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4859 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4860 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4862 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4863 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4864 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4865 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4866 and new hard links are made in that directory
4867 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4869 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4870 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4871 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4872 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4874 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4875 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4876 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4877 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4878 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4879 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4881 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4882 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4884 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4885 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4886 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4888 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4889 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4890 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4892 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4893 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4894 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4896 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4897 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4899 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4900 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4902 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4903 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4904 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4905 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4906 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4907 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4908 this subdirectory.
4909 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4911 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4912 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4913 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4914 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4915 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4916 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4917 this subdirectory.
4918 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4920 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4921 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4922 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4924 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4925 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4926 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4927 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4929 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4930 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4931 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4932 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4934 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4935 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4936 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4938 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4939 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4941 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4942 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4944 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4945 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4946 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4947 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4949 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4950 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4951 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4952 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4954 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4955 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4956 Stops when a match is found.
4957 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4959 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4960 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4961 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4962 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4963 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4965 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4966 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4967 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4968 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4970 ;;;***
4972 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14777 22168))
4973 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4975 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4976 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4977 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4978 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4979 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4980 buffer and try again." t nil)
4982 ;;;***
4984 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14831 12714))
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4987 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4988 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4989 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4991 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4993 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4994 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4996 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4997 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4998 " nil nil)
5000 ;;;***
5002 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5003 ;;;;;; 9615))
5004 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5006 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5007 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5008 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5009 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5010 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5011 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5013 ;;;***
5015 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5016 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5017 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5018 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5019 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181))
5020 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5022 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5023 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5025 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5026 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5027 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5028 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5029 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5031 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5032 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5033 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5034 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5035 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5037 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5038 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5040 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5041 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5043 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5044 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5046 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5047 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5049 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5050 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5052 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5053 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5054 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5055 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5057 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5058 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5059 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5060 X frame." nil nil)
5062 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5063 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5065 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5066 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5068 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5069 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5071 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5072 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5073 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5074 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5076 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5077 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5078 European character display.
5080 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5081 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5082 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5083 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5085 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5086 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5087 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5088 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5089 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5091 ;;;***
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5094 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5097 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5098 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5099 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5100 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5101 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5102 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5103 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5104 Default is 2." t nil)
5106 ;;;***
5108 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14831 613))
5109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5111 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5112 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5114 ;;;***
5116 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5117 ;;;;;; (14777 22183))
5118 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5120 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5121 Toggle Double mode.
5122 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5123 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5125 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5127 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5129 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5130 Toggle Double mode.
5131 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5133 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5134 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5136 ;;;***
5138 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
5139 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5141 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5142 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5144 ;;;***
5146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5147 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
5148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5150 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5151 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5153 ;;;***
5155 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5156 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5157 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14891 28342))
5158 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5160 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5162 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5163 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5164 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5165 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5167 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5168 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5169 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5170 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5171 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5172 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5173 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5174 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5175 used (see below).
5177 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5178 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5179 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5180 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5181 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5182 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5183 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5184 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5185 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5187 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5188 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5189 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5190 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5191 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5192 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5194 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5195 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5196 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5197 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5198 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5199 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5200 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5202 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5204 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5205 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5206 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
5207 " nil (quote macro))
5209 ;;;***
5211 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5212 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702
5213 ;;;;;; 63698))
5214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5216 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5217 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5218 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5219 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5221 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5222 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5224 :filter FUNCTION
5226 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5227 menu displayed.
5229 :visible INCLUDE
5231 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5232 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5234 :active ENABLE
5236 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5237 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5239 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5241 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5243 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5245 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5246 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5248 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5249 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5251 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5253 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5255 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5257 :keys KEYS
5259 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5260 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5261 computed automatically.
5262 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5264 :key-sequence KEYS
5266 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5267 menu item.
5268 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5269 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5270 keyboard equivalent.
5272 :active ENABLE
5274 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5275 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5277 :included INCLUDE
5279 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5280 expression has a non-nil value.
5282 :suffix FORM
5284 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5285 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5287 :style STYLE
5289 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5290 defined:
5292 toggle: A checkbox.
5293 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5294 radio: A radio button.
5295 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5296 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5297 menu bar itself.
5298 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5300 :selected SELECTED
5302 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5303 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5305 :help HELP
5307 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5309 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5310 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5311 as a solid horizontal line.
5313 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5315 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5317 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5318 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5319 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5320 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5322 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5323 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5324 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5325 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5326 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5327 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5329 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5330 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5331 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5333 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5334 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5336 ;;;***
5338 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5339 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5340 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5341 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5342 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14763 39810))
5343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5345 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5346 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5348 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5349 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5351 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5352 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5353 it to the printer.
5355 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5356 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5357 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5358 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5360 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5361 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5362 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5364 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5365 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5366 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5367 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5369 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5371 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5372 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5373 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5375 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5377 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5378 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5380 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5381 The EPS file name has the following form:
5383 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5385 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5386 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5388 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5389 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5390 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5391 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5393 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5395 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5396 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5398 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5399 The EPS file name has the following form:
5401 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5403 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5404 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5406 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5407 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5408 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5409 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5411 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5413 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5415 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5416 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5418 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5419 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5421 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5422 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5424 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5425 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5427 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5428 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5430 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5431 Set STYLE to current style.
5433 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5435 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5436 Reset current style.
5438 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5440 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5441 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5443 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5445 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5446 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5448 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5450 ;;;***
5452 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
5453 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
5454 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727
5455 ;;;;;; 65050))
5456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5458 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5459 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5460 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5461 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5462 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5463 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5465 Tree mode key bindings:
5466 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5468 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5469 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5471 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5472 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5473 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5474 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5475 completion." t nil)
5477 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5478 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5479 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5480 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5482 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5483 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5484 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5486 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5487 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5488 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5489 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5491 ;;;***
5493 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5494 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
5495 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5497 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5498 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5499 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5500 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5502 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5503 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5504 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5506 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5507 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5508 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5510 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5512 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5514 ;;;***
5516 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5517 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184))
5518 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5520 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5521 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5522 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5524 ;;;***
5526 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5527 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14875 62936))
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5530 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5531 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5532 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5533 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5534 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5536 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5537 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5538 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5539 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5541 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5542 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5543 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5544 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5546 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5547 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5548 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5549 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5551 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5553 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5554 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5555 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5556 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5557 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5559 ;;;***
5561 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5562 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5563 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5564 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5565 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5566 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5567 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5568 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5569 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5570 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14862 37894))
5571 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5573 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5574 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5576 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5577 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5579 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5581 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5583 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5584 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5586 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5588 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5589 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5591 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5593 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5594 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5595 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5596 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5598 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5600 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5601 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5602 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5603 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5605 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5607 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5608 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5609 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5610 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5612 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5614 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5615 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5616 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5617 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5619 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5621 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5622 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5623 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5624 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5625 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5626 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5628 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5629 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5630 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5631 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5633 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5635 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5636 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5637 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5638 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5640 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5642 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5644 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5645 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5646 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5647 follows:
5648 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5649 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5651 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5652 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5653 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5654 follows:
5655 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5656 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5658 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5659 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5660 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5661 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5662 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5664 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5665 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5666 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5667 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5668 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5669 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5671 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5673 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5674 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5676 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5677 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5679 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5681 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5682 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5684 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5685 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5687 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5688 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5689 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5690 buffer." t nil)
5692 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5693 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5694 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5695 buffer." t nil)
5697 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5698 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5699 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5700 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5702 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5703 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5704 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5705 and don't ask the user.
5706 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5707 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5709 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5710 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5712 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5714 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5716 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5717 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5718 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5719 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5721 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5723 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5724 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5725 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5727 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5728 Display Ediff's manual.
5729 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5731 ;;;***
5733 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5734 ;;;;;; (14878 17055))
5735 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5737 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5739 ;;;***
5741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14777 22189))
5742 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5744 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5746 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser..."))))
5748 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5750 ;;;***
5752 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5753 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
5754 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5756 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5757 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5759 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5761 ;;;***
5763 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5764 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14875 62935))
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5767 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5768 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5769 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5770 which see." t nil)
5772 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5773 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5774 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5775 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5777 ;;;***
5779 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5780 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5781 ;;;;;; (14777 22205))
5782 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5783 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5785 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5786 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5787 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5789 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5790 Edit a keyboard macro.
5791 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5792 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5793 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5794 its command name.
5795 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5797 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5798 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5800 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5801 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5803 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5804 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5805 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5806 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5807 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5808 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5810 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5811 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5812 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5813 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5815 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5816 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5817 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5818 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5819 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5820 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5822 ;;;***
5824 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5825 ;;;;;; 33724))
5826 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5828 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5829 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5831 ;;;***
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5834 ;;;;;; (14793 26118))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5837 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5838 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5839 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5840 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5841 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5842 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5843 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5844 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5846 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5847 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5849 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5850 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5851 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5852 this value is non-nil.
5854 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5855 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5856 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5858 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5859 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5860 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5862 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5864 ;;;***
5866 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5867 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
5868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5870 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5871 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5873 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5874 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5875 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5876 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5877 from the documentation string if possible.
5879 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5880 instead.
5882 This variable is buffer-local.")
5884 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5885 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5887 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5889 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5890 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5891 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5893 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5894 of the mode.
5895 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5896 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5898 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5899 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5901 ;;;***
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14777
5904 ;;;;;; 22205))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5907 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5908 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5910 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5911 an elided material again.
5913 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5915 ;;;***
5917 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5918 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5921 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5922 Initialize elint." t nil)
5924 ;;;***
5926 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5927 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14849
5928 ;;;;;; 20130))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5931 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5932 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5933 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5935 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5936 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5937 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5939 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5940 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5941 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5943 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5945 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5946 Display current profiling results.
5947 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5948 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5949 displayed." t nil)
5951 ;;;***
5953 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5954 ;;;;;; (14850 36350))
5955 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5957 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5958 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5959 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5961 ;;;***
5963 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5964 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5965 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5966 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5967 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209))
5968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5970 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5972 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5974 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5976 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5978 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5980 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5982 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5984 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5986 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5988 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5989 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5991 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5992 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5994 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5995 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5997 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5998 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6000 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6002 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6004 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6006 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6008 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6009 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6011 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6012 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6014 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6016 ;;;***
6018 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6019 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
6020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6022 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6023 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6024 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6026 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6027 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6028 automatically.
6030 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6031 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6032 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6034 ;;;***
6036 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6037 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14885 14624))
6038 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6040 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6041 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6042 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6043 text/enriched format.
6044 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6046 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6047 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6049 Commands:
6051 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6053 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6055 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6057 ;;;***
6059 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14845
6060 ;;;;;; 20873))
6061 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6063 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6064 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6066 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6068 ;;;***
6070 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845
6071 ;;;;;; 20873))
6072 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6074 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6075 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6077 ;;;***
6079 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6080 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 12923))
6081 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6083 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6084 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6085 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6086 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6087 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6088 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6089 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6091 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6092 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6093 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6095 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6096 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6097 The result might be any Lisp object.
6098 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6099 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6100 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6102 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6103 Report a bug in Eshell.
6104 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6105 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6107 ;;;***
6109 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6110 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6111 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6112 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6113 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
6114 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14862
6115 ;;;;;; 37898))
6116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6118 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6119 *File name of tags table.
6120 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6121 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6122 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6123 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6125 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6126 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6127 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6128 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6130 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6131 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6132 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6133 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6134 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6135 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6137 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6138 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6139 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6140 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6141 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6143 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6144 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6145 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6146 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6148 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6149 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6150 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6151 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6152 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6154 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6155 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6156 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6157 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6159 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6160 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6161 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6162 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6163 file the tag was in." t nil)
6165 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6166 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6167 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6168 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6169 without directory names." nil nil)
6171 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6172 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6173 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6174 but does not select the buffer.
6175 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6177 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6178 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6179 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6180 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6181 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6183 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6185 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6186 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6187 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6189 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6191 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6192 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6193 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6194 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6196 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6197 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6198 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6199 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6200 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6202 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6204 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6205 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6206 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6208 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6209 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6211 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6212 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6213 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6214 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6215 around or before point.
6217 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6218 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6219 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6220 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6221 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6223 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6225 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6226 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6227 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6229 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6230 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6232 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6233 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6234 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6235 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6236 around or before point.
6238 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6239 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6240 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6241 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6242 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6244 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6246 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6247 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6248 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6250 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6251 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6253 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6254 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6255 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6257 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6258 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6259 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6260 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6261 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6263 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6265 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6266 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6267 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6269 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6270 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6271 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6273 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6274 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6276 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6277 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6278 where they were found." t nil)
6280 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6281 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6283 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6284 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6285 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6287 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6288 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6290 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6291 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6293 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6294 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6295 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6296 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6298 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6299 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6300 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6301 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6302 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6303 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6305 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6306 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6307 Stops when a match is found.
6308 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6310 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6312 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6313 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6314 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6315 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6316 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6318 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6320 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6321 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6322 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6323 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6324 directory specification." t nil)
6326 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6327 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6329 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6330 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6331 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6332 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6334 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6335 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6336 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6337 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6338 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6340 ;;;***
6342 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6343 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6344 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6345 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6346 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6347 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6348 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6349 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
6350 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6352 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6354 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6355 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6356 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6357 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6359 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6360 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6361 language.
6363 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6364 even if the buffer is read-only.
6366 See also the descriptions of the variables
6367 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6368 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6370 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6371 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6373 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6374 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6376 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6377 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6378 language.
6380 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6381 buffer is read-only.
6383 See also the descriptions of the variables
6384 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6385 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6387 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6388 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6389 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6391 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6392 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6394 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6395 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6397 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6398 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6400 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6401 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6402 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6403 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6405 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6406 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6407 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6408 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6410 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6411 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6412 the primary language.
6414 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6415 buffer is read-only.
6417 See also the descriptions of the variables
6418 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6419 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6421 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6422 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6423 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6424 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6426 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6427 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6428 primary language.
6430 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6431 buffer is read-only.
6433 See also the descriptions of the variables
6434 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6435 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6437 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6438 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6439 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6441 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6442 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6444 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6445 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6446 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6447 3) convert the body into SERA.
6449 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6451 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6452 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6453 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6455 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6456 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6458 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6459 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6461 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6462 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6463 be 1, 2, or 3.
6465 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6466 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6467 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6469 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6471 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6472 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6474 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6475 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6476 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6478 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6479 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6481 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6482 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6484 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6485 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6487 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6488 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6490 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6491 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6493 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6494 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6496 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6497 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6499 ;;;***
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6502 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6503 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6504 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6506 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6507 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6508 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6509 server for future sessions." t nil)
6511 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6512 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6514 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6515 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6517 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6518 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6519 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6520 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6521 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6522 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6523 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6524 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6525 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6526 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6527 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6528 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6530 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6531 Display a form to query the directory server.
6532 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6533 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6535 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6536 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6537 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6539 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6541 ;;;***
6543 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6544 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6545 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14867 31700))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6548 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6549 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6551 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6552 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6554 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6555 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6557 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6558 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6560 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6561 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6563 ;;;***
6565 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6566 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
6567 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6569 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6570 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6571 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6573 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6574 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6576 ;;;***
6578 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6579 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
6580 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6582 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6583 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6585 ;;;***
6587 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6588 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6589 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 17652))
6590 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6592 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6593 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6594 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6596 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6597 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6598 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6599 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6600 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6601 executable." t nil)
6603 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6604 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6605 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6607 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6608 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6609 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6610 file modes." nil nil)
6612 ;;;***
6614 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6615 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6618 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6619 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6620 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6621 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6623 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6625 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6626 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6627 to generate such functions.
6629 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6630 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6631 beginning of the expanded text.
6633 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6634 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6635 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6636 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6638 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6640 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6641 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6642 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6644 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6645 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6646 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6647 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6648 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6650 ;;;***
6652 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14624 3716))
6653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6655 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6656 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6658 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6659 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6660 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6662 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6664 Key definitions:
6665 \\{f90-mode-map}
6667 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6669 f90-do-indent
6670 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6671 f90-if-indent
6672 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6673 f90-type-indent
6674 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6675 f90-program-indent
6676 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6677 (default 2)
6678 f90-continuation-indent
6679 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6680 f90-comment-region
6681 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6682 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6683 f90-indented-comment-re
6684 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6685 (default \"!\")
6686 f90-directive-comment-re
6687 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6688 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6689 f90-break-delimiters
6690 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6691 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6692 f90-break-before-delimiters
6693 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6694 (default t)
6695 f90-beginning-ampersand
6696 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6697 f90-smart-end
6698 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6699 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6700 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6701 f90-auto-keyword-case
6702 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6703 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6704 f90-leave-line-no
6705 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6706 f90-startup-message
6707 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6708 f90-keywords-re
6709 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6711 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6712 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6714 ;;;***
6716 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6717 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6718 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6719 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6720 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14777 22211))
6721 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6722 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6723 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6725 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6726 Menu keymap for faces.")
6728 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6730 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6731 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6733 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6735 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6736 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6738 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6740 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6741 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6743 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6745 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6746 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6748 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6750 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6751 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6753 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6755 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6756 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6758 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6760 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6762 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6764 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6766 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6767 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6768 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6769 will not show through at all will be removed.
6771 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6773 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6774 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6776 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6777 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6778 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6780 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6781 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6782 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6783 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6784 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6785 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6786 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6787 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6789 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6790 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6791 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6792 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6793 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6794 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6795 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6796 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6798 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6799 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6800 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6801 is the menu item's name.
6803 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6804 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6806 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6807 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6808 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6810 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6811 Make the region invisible.
6812 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6813 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6815 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6816 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6817 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6818 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6820 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6821 Make the region unmodifiable.
6822 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6823 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6825 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6826 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6828 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6829 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6831 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6832 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6833 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6835 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6836 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6838 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6839 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6841 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6842 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6843 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6844 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6845 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6847 ;;;***
6849 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6850 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6851 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6853 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6854 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6855 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6856 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6858 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6860 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6861 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6862 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6864 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6865 - When you save the file's buffer.
6866 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6867 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6868 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6869 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6871 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6873 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6874 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6875 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6876 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6878 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6879 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6881 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6883 ;;;***
6885 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6886 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
6887 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14885 3818))
6888 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6890 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
6891 A function which is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
6892 To use it, you probably want something like this in your .emacs or
6893 similar place:
6895 (setq send-mail-function 'feedmail-send-it)
6896 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it \"feedmail\")" nil nil)
6898 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6899 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6901 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6902 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6903 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6904 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6906 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6907 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6908 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6909 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6910 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6912 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6913 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6914 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6915 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6916 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6917 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6918 internally by feedmail):
6920 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6921 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6922 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6923 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6925 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6926 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6927 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6928 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6929 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6931 ;;;***
6933 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6934 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14736 26478))
6935 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6937 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6938 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6939 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6940 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6941 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6942 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6943 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6945 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6946 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6947 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6948 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6949 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6950 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6951 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6953 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6954 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6956 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6957 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6958 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6959 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6960 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6961 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6963 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6964 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6965 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6966 Return value:
6967 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6968 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6969 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6971 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6972 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6974 ;;;***
6976 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6977 ;;;;;; (14887 28113))
6978 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6980 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6981 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6982 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6983 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6984 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6985 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6986 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6987 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6988 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6989 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6991 ;;;***
6993 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6994 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14718 5093))
6995 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6997 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6998 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6999 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7000 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7001 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7003 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7004 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7005 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7006 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7008 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7009 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7010 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7012 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7014 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7015 as the final argument." t nil)
7017 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7018 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7019 and run dired on those files.
7020 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7021 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7023 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7025 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7026 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7027 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7029 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7031 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7033 ;;;***
7035 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7036 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7037 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
7038 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7040 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7041 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7042 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7044 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7046 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7047 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7048 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7050 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7051 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7053 Variables of interest include:
7055 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7056 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7057 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7059 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7060 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7061 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7063 - `ff-ignore-include'
7064 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7066 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7067 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7069 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7070 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7072 - `ff-special-constructs'
7073 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7074 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7075 extracting the filename from that construct.
7077 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7078 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7080 - `ff-search-directories'
7081 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7082 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7084 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7085 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7087 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7088 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7090 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7091 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7093 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7094 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7096 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7097 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7099 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7100 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7102 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7103 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7105 ;;;***
7107 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7108 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7109 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7110 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7111 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7112 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
7113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7115 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7116 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7118 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7119 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7120 not selected.
7122 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7123 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7124 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7126 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7127 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7129 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7130 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7131 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7132 it is one of the current buffers.
7134 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7135 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7136 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7138 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7139 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7141 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7143 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7144 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7146 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7148 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7149 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7151 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7152 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7153 not selected.
7155 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7156 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7158 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7159 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7161 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7162 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7163 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7164 it is one of the current buffers.
7166 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7167 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7168 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7170 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7171 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7173 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7175 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7176 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7178 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7180 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7181 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7182 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7184 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7185 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7187 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7188 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7190 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7191 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7193 ;;;***
7195 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7196 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14862 37894))
7197 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7199 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7200 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7202 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7203 Display FILE's commentary section.
7204 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7206 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7207 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7209 ;;;***
7211 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7212 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7213 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7215 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7216 Toggle flow control handling.
7217 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7218 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7220 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7221 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7222 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7223 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7224 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7225 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7227 ;;;***
7229 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
7230 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
7231 ;;;;;; (14876 60333))
7232 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7234 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7235 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7236 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7238 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7239 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7241 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7243 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7244 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7245 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7246 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7247 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7248 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7250 Bindings:
7251 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7252 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7253 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7255 Hooks:
7256 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7258 Remark:
7259 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7260 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7261 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7263 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7264 consider adding:
7265 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7266 in your .emacs file.
7268 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7270 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7272 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7274 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7275 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7277 ;;;***
7279 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7280 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7281 ;;;;;; (14392 8635))
7282 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7284 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7285 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7288 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7290 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7291 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7293 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7294 of two major techniques:
7296 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7297 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7298 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7300 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7301 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7302 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7303 movement commands.
7305 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7306 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7307 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7308 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7309 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7310 mileage may vary).
7312 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7313 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7315 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7317 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7318 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7319 \(This is the default.)
7321 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7322 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7324 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7325 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7327 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7328 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7330 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7331 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7332 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7333 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7334 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7335 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7337 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7338 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7339 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7341 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7342 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7343 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7345 ;;;***
7347 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7348 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7349 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14873 20026))
7350 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7352 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7354 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7355 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7356 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7357 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7359 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7361 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7362 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7363 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7364 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7366 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7367 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7369 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7370 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7372 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7374 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7375 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7376 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7378 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7380 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7381 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7382 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7383 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7384 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7385 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7387 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7388 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7390 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7391 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7393 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7394 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7395 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7397 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7398 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7400 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7401 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7402 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7404 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7405 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7406 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7408 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7409 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7411 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7412 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7413 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7414 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7415 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7416 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7417 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7418 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7419 end of the current highlighting list.
7421 For example:
7423 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7424 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7425 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7427 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7428 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7430 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7431 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7432 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7434 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7435 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7437 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7438 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7440 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7441 Toggle Global-Font-Lock mode on or off.
7442 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7444 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7446 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7448 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7450 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7451 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7452 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7453 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7454 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7456 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7457 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7459 ;;;***
7461 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7462 ;;;;;; (14891 28342))
7463 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7465 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7466 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7467 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7468 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7469 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7471 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7472 compatibility.
7474 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7475 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7477 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7479 ;;;***
7481 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7482 ;;;;;; 9680))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7485 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7486 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7487 \\<message-mode-map>
7488 key binding
7489 --- -------
7491 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7492 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7493 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7494 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7495 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7496 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7497 " t nil)
7499 ;;;***
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7502 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
7503 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7505 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7506 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7508 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7509 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7510 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7511 C-c < forms-first-record <
7512 C-c > forms-last-record >
7513 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7514 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7515 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7516 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7517 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7518 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7519 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7520 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7521 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7522 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7523 " t nil)
7525 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7526 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7528 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7529 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7531 ;;;***
7533 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7534 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14884 1390))
7535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7537 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7538 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7539 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7540 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7541 with a character in column 6.")
7543 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7544 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7545 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7546 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7548 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7549 Fortran keywords.
7551 Key definitions:
7552 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7554 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7556 `comment-start'
7557 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7558 set this to the string \"!\".
7559 `fortran-do-indent'
7560 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7561 `fortran-if-indent'
7562 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7563 `fortran-structure-indent'
7564 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7565 (default 3)
7566 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7567 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7568 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7569 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7570 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7571 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7572 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7573 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7574 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7575 (for TAB format continuation style).
7576 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7577 indentation for a line of code.
7578 (default 'fixed)
7579 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7580 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7581 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7582 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7583 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7584 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7585 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7586 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7587 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7588 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7589 column 5. (default 1)
7590 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7591 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7592 statements. (default nil)
7593 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7594 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7595 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7596 statement. (default nil)
7597 `fortran-continuation-string'
7598 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7599 line. (default \"$\")
7600 `fortran-comment-region'
7601 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7602 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7603 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7604 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7605 as typed. (default t)
7606 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7607 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7608 (default t)
7610 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7611 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7613 ;;;***
7615 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7616 ;;;;;; (14811 40477))
7617 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7619 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7620 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7622 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7623 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7625 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7626 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7627 function.
7629 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7630 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7631 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7632 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7633 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7634 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7636 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7637 Each keyword should be a string.
7639 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7640 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7642 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7643 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7644 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7646 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7648 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7650 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7651 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7652 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7653 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7655 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7656 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7658 ;;;***
7660 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7661 ;;;;;; (14746 24126))
7662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7664 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7665 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7666 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7667 at places they belong to." t nil)
7669 ;;;***
7671 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7672 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14859 52340))
7673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7675 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7676 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7678 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7679 Read network news.
7680 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7681 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7682 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7683 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7684 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7686 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7687 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7689 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7690 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7692 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7693 Read network news.
7694 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7695 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7696 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7698 ;;;***
7700 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7701 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7702 ;;;;;; (14862 37895))
7703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7705 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7706 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7708 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7709 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7711 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7712 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7713 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7714 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7716 \(gnus-agentize)
7718 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7719 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7720 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7722 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7723 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7725 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7727 ;;;***
7729 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7730 ;;;;;; (14875 40522))
7731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7733 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7734 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7736 ;;;***
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7739 ;;;;;; (14821 31350))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7742 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7743 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7745 ;;;***
7747 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7748 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
7749 ;;;;;; 37896))
7750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7752 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7753 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7755 Usage:
7756 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7758 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7759 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7761 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7762 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7764 ;;;***
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7767 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 56701))
7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7770 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7771 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7772 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7774 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7775 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7777 ;;;***
7779 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7780 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7781 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7783 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7785 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7786 Run batched scoring.
7787 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7789 ;;;***
7791 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7792 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14855 56553))
7793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7795 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7797 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7798 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7800 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7802 ;;;***
7804 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7805 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7806 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7807 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7809 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7810 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7811 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7812 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7813 group parameters.
7815 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7816 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7817 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7818 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
7820 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
7821 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
7822 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
7823 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
7824 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
7825 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
7826 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
7827 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
7828 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
7829 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
7831 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7832 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
7833 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
7835 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
7836 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
7838 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7839 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7840 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7842 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7844 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7845 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7846 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7848 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
7850 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
7851 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
7852 existing groups are considered.
7854 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
7855 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
7856 returned.
7858 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
7859 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
7860 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
7861 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
7862 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
7863 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
7864 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
7865 clauses will be generated.
7867 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
7868 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
7869 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
7870 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
7871 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
7872 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
7874 For example, given the following group parameters:
7876 nnml:mail.bar:
7877 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
7878 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
7879 nnml:mail.foo:
7880 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
7881 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
7882 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
7883 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
7884 nnml:mail.others:
7885 \((split-spec . catch-all))
7887 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
7889 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
7890 \"mail.bar\")
7891 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
7892 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
7893 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
7895 ;;;***
7897 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7898 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7901 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7902 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7903 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7905 ;;;***
7907 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14859
7908 ;;;;;; 52340))
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
7911 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
7913 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
7914 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
7915 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
7916 the Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
7918 ;;;***
7920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
7921 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7924 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7925 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7926 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7927 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
7928 part is ignored.
7930 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
7931 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
7932 rather than using this function." nil nil)
7934 ;;;***
7936 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7937 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7940 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7941 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7942 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7943 for matching on group names.
7945 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7946 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7948 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7950 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7952 ;;;***
7954 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7955 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7958 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7959 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7961 ;;;***
7963 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7964 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14862 37897))
7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7967 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7968 Unload all Gnus features.
7969 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
7970 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
7971 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
7973 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7974 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7976 ;;;***
7978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7979 ;;;;;; (14875 40522))
7980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7982 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7983 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7985 ;;;***
7987 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 41839))
7988 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7990 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7991 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7992 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7993 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7994 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7996 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7997 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7998 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8000 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8001 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8002 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8004 ;;;***
8006 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8007 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8010 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8011 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8012 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8013 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8014 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8016 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8017 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8018 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8019 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8020 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8022 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8023 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8024 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8025 or to send e-mail.
8026 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8028 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8029 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8031 ;;;***
8033 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
8034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8036 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8037 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8038 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8039 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8040 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8042 ;;;***
8044 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8045 ;;;;;; (14863 49547))
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8048 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8049 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8050 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8051 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8053 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8054 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8055 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8056 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8058 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8059 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8060 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8061 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8063 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8064 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8065 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8066 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8068 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8069 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8071 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8072 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8073 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8074 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8076 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8077 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8078 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8079 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8081 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8082 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8083 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8084 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8085 between it and it's value." t nil)
8086 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8088 ;;;***
8090 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
8091 ;;;;;; 40782))
8092 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8094 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8095 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8096 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8097 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8099 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8100 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8101 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8102 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8104 ;;;***
8106 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8107 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
8108 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8110 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8111 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8113 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8114 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8115 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8116 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8118 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8120 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8121 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8122 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8123 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8124 to be updated." t nil)
8126 ;;;***
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8129 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8132 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8133 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8134 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8135 and window listing and describing the options.
8136 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8137 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8139 ;;;***
8141 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8142 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
8143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8145 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8146 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8148 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8149 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8151 ;;;***
8153 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8154 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 33060))
8155 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8157 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8158 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8159 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8160 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8161 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8163 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8164 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8166 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8167 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8168 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8169 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8171 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8172 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8173 periods.
8175 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8176 in hexl format.
8178 A sample format:
8180 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8181 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8182 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8183 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8184 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8185 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8186 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8187 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8188 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8189 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8190 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8191 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8192 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8193 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8194 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8196 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8197 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8198 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8200 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8201 also supported.
8203 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8205 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8206 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8207 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8209 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8210 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8211 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8213 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8214 into the buffer at the current point.
8216 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8217 into the buffer at the current point.
8219 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8220 into the buffer at the current point.
8222 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8224 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8225 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8227 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8229 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8231 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8232 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8233 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8235 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8236 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8237 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8239 ;;;***
8241 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8242 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
8243 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14884 12791))
8244 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8246 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8248 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8249 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8251 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8253 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8255 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8256 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8258 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8259 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
8260 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8261 which can be called interactively, are:
8263 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8264 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8266 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8267 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8269 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8270 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8272 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8273 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8274 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8275 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8276 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8277 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8279 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8280 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8282 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8283 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8284 Hi-lock: FOO
8285 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8286 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8287 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8288 will be read until
8289 Hi-lock: end
8290 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8292 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8294 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8295 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8297 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8298 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8299 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8300 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8302 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8304 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8305 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8307 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8308 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8309 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8310 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8312 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8314 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8315 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8317 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8318 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8319 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8320 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8321 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8323 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8324 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8326 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8327 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8328 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8330 ;;;***
8332 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8333 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 16483))
8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8336 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8337 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8339 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8340 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8341 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8342 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8343 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8344 how the hiding is done:
8346 hide-ifdef-env
8347 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8348 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8349 is used.
8351 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8352 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8353 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8354 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8355 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8357 hide-ifdef-lines
8358 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8359 #endif lines when hiding.
8361 hide-ifdef-initially
8362 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8363 is activated.
8365 hide-ifdef-read-only
8366 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8367 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8369 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8371 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8372 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8374 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8375 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8377 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8378 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8380 ;;;***
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8383 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14799 2695))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8386 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8387 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8389 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8390 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8391 Each element has the form
8392 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8394 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8395 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8397 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8398 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8400 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8401 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8402 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8403 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8404 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8406 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8407 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8409 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8410 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8412 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8413 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8414 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8416 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8417 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8418 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8419 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8420 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8421 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8423 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8424 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8425 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8427 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8428 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8430 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8432 Key bindings:
8433 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8435 ;;;***
8437 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8438 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8439 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8440 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 33582))
8441 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8443 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8445 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8446 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8447 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8449 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8450 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8452 Without an argument:
8453 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8454 or passive state as determined by the variable
8455 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8456 and passive state.
8458 With an argument ARG:
8459 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8460 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8461 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8463 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8464 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8465 not displayed in a different face.
8467 Functions:
8468 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8469 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8470 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8471 buffer with the contents of a file
8472 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8473 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8474 various faces.
8476 Hook variables:
8477 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8478 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8479 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8481 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8482 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8484 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8485 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8487 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8488 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8490 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8491 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8492 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8493 shown in the last face in the list.
8495 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8496 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8497 buffer to be saved):
8499 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8501 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8502 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8504 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8505 and must not be read-only.
8507 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8508 this function is called interactively.
8510 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8511 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8512 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8514 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8515 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8516 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8518 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8519 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8521 When called interactively:
8522 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8523 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8524 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8525 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8527 When called from a program:
8528 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8529 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8530 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8531 - otherwise just turn it on
8533 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8534 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8535 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8536 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8538 ;;;***
8540 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8541 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8542 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8543 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8544 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8545 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8547 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8548 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8549 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8550 or insert functions in this list.")
8552 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8553 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8555 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8556 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8558 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8559 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8561 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8562 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8564 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8565 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8566 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8568 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8569 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8570 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8571 \(as atoms)")
8573 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8574 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8575 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8576 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8577 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8579 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8580 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8581 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8582 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8583 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8584 expansions.
8585 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8586 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8587 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8589 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8590 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8591 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8592 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8594 ;;;***
8596 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14854 32221))
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8599 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8600 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
8601 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8603 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8605 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8607 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8609 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8610 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8611 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8612 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8613 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8615 ;;;***
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8618 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8621 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8622 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8624 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8625 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8627 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8629 ;;;***
8631 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8632 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14883 57782))
8633 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
8635 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8636 This function is obsolete.
8637 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8638 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8640 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8641 This function is obsolete.
8642 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8643 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8645 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8646 This function is obsolete.
8647 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8648 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8650 ;;;***
8652 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8653 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
8654 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8656 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8657 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8658 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
8660 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8661 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8662 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8664 ;;;***
8666 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8669 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8670 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8671 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8672 Tab indents for Icon code.
8673 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8674 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8675 \\{icon-mode-map}
8676 Variables controlling indentation style:
8677 icon-tab-always-indent
8678 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8679 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8680 icon-auto-newline
8681 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8682 inserted in Icon code.
8683 icon-indent-level
8684 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8685 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8686 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8687 icon-continued-statement-offset
8688 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8689 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8690 icon-continued-brace-offset
8691 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8692 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8693 icon-brace-offset
8694 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8695 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8696 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8697 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8699 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8700 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8705 ;;;;;; (14735 57460))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8708 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8709 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8710 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8711 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8713 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8714 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8715 separate frames.
8717 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8719 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8720 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8721 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8723 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8725 ;;;***
8727 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8728 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8731 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8732 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8734 The main features of this mode are
8736 1. Indentation and Formatting
8737 --------------------------
8738 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8739 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8741 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8742 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8743 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8744 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8746 Comments are indented as follows:
8748 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8749 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8750 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8752 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8754 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8755 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8756 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8757 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8758 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8760 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8761 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8762 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8764 2. Routine Info
8765 ------------
8766 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8767 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8768 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8769 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8770 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8771 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8772 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8774 3. Online IDL Help
8775 ---------------
8776 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8777 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8778 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8779 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8780 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8782 4. Completion
8783 ----------
8784 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8785 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8786 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8787 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8788 mixed or upper case.
8790 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8791 --------------------------------
8792 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8793 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8795 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8796 \\fu FUNCTION template
8797 \\c CASE statement template
8798 \\f FOR loop template
8799 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8800 \\w WHILE loop template
8801 \\i IF statement template
8802 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8803 \\b BEGIN
8805 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8806 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8808 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8809 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8810 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8812 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8813 -------------------------
8814 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8815 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8817 7. Automatic END completion
8818 ------------------------
8819 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8820 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8822 8. Hooks
8823 -----
8824 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8825 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8827 9. Documentation and Customization
8828 -------------------------------
8829 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8830 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8831 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8832 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8833 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8835 10.Keybindings
8836 -----------
8837 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8838 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8839 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8841 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8843 ;;;***
8845 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8847 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8849 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8850 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8851 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8853 ;;;***
8855 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8856 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8857 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14812 24473))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8860 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8861 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8862 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8863 be determined." nil nil)
8865 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8866 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8867 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8868 be determined." nil nil)
8870 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8871 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8872 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8874 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8875 Create an image.
8876 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8877 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8878 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8879 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8880 use its file extension.as image type.
8881 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8882 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8883 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
8884 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8886 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8887 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8888 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8889 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8890 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8891 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8892 POS may be an integer or marker.
8893 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8894 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8895 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8896 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8898 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8899 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8900 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8901 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8902 defaulted if you omit it.
8903 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8904 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8905 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8906 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8908 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8909 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8910 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8911 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8913 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8914 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8916 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8918 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8919 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8920 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8921 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8922 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8923 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8924 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8925 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8926 satisfied.
8928 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8930 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8931 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8933 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8934 documentation string.
8936 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8937 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8938 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8939 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8940 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8941 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8942 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8943 define SYMBOL.
8945 Example:
8947 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8948 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8950 ;;;***
8952 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
8953 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
8954 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14887 28113))
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
8957 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm")) "\
8958 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
8959 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
8960 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
8962 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
8963 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8964 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8965 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8967 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
8968 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
8969 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
8970 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
8972 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
8973 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8974 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8975 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8977 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
8978 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
8980 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
8981 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
8982 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
8983 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
8985 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
8986 Toggle Auto-Image-File mode on or off.
8987 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8989 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
8991 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8993 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
8995 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
8996 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
8997 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
8998 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9000 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9001 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9002 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9004 ;;;***
9006 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9007 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14837 50473))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9010 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9011 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9013 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9015 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9016 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9017 in the buffer.
9019 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9021 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9022 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9023 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9025 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9026 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9028 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9029 to create a buffer index.
9031 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9032 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9033 or like this:
9034 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9035 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9036 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9037 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9038 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9040 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9041 entries are not nested.
9043 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9044 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9045 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9046 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9048 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9049 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9051 The variable is buffer-local.
9053 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9054 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9055 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9057 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9058 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
9059 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
9060 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
9062 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9064 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9065 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9067 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9068 of the current buffer as an alist.
9070 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9071 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9072 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9073 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9074 if it is a sub-alist.
9076 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9078 The variable is buffer-local.")
9080 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9082 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9083 Function for finding the next index position.
9085 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9086 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9087 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9088 file.
9090 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9091 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9093 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9095 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9097 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9098 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9100 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9101 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9102 It should return the name for that index item.
9104 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9106 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9108 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9109 Function to compare string with index item.
9111 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9112 non-nil if they match.
9114 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9115 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9116 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9117 arguments match\".
9119 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9121 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9123 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9124 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9125 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9127 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9129 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9131 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9132 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9133 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9134 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9136 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9137 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9139 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9141 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9142 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9143 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9144 for more information." t nil)
9146 ;;;***
9148 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9149 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9152 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9153 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9154 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9155 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9156 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9158 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9159 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9161 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9162 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9163 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9164 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9165 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9166 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9167 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9168 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9170 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9171 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9172 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9173 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9174 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9176 This variable is only used if the variable
9177 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9179 More precise choices:
9180 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9181 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9182 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9184 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9186 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9187 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9189 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9190 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9191 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9192 to that buffer.
9193 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9194 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9195 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9196 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9197 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9199 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9201 ;;;***
9203 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9204 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9205 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14872 20396))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9208 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9209 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9210 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9212 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9213 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9214 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9215 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9216 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9217 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9219 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9220 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9222 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9223 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9224 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9226 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9227 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9228 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9229 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9231 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9232 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9234 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9235 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9236 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
9237 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9238 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9240 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9241 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
9242 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9243 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
9244 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9245 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9247 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9248 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9249 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9251 ;;;***
9253 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9254 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9255 ;;;;;; (14712 9626))
9256 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9258 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9259 Throw away all cached data.
9260 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9261 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9262 system." t nil)
9264 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9265 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9266 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9267 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9268 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9269 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9271 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9273 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9274 Display the documentation of a file.
9275 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9276 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9277 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9278 The default file name is the one found at point.
9280 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9282 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9283 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9285 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9286 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9288 ;;;***
9290 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9291 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9294 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9295 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9297 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9298 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9299 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9301 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9302 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9303 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9305 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9306 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9307 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9308 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9310 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9311 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9312 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9314 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9315 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9316 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9317 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9318 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9320 ;;;***
9322 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9323 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9324 ;;;;;; (14837 50475))
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9327 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9328 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9330 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9331 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9333 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9335 ;;;***
9337 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9338 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9339 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9341 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9342 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9343 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9344 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9345 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9346 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9348 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9349 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9351 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9352 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9353 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9354 \"s gives German sharp s.
9355 /a gives a with ring.
9356 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9357 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9358 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9359 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9361 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9362 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9364 ;;;***
9366 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9367 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9368 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9369 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9372 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9373 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9374 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9375 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9376 `format-alist')." t nil)
9378 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9379 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9380 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9381 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9382 `format-alist')." t nil)
9384 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9385 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9386 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9387 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9388 `format-alist')." t nil)
9390 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9391 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9392 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9393 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9394 `format-alist')." t nil)
9396 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9397 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9398 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9399 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9400 `format-alist')." t nil)
9402 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9403 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9404 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9405 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9406 `format-alist')." t nil)
9408 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9409 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9410 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9411 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9412 `format-alist')." t nil)
9414 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9415 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9416 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9417 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9418 `format-alist')." t nil)
9420 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9421 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9422 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9423 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9424 `format-alist')." t nil)
9426 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9427 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9429 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9430 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9432 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9433 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9435 ;;;***
9437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9438 ;;;;;; (14716 17385))
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9440 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9441 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9442 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9444 ;;;***
9446 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9447 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9448 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9449 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
9450 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
9451 ;;;;;; (14890 7814))
9452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9454 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9455 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9457 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9458 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9460 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9461 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9463 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9464 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9465 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9466 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9468 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9469 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9470 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9472 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9474 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9476 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9478 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9480 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9482 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9484 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9485 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9487 Each element of this list is also a list:
9489 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9490 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9492 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9493 nil means the default dictionary.
9495 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9496 word.
9498 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9500 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9501 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9502 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9503 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9504 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9505 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9506 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9507 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9508 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9510 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9511 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9512 single word.
9514 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9515 subprocess.
9517 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9518 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9519 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9520 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9521 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9522 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9523 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9524 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9526 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9528 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9529 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9530 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9532 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9533 Key map for ispell menu.")
9535 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9536 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9537 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9538 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9540 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9542 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9544 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9546 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9548 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9550 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9551 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9552 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9553 Valid forms include:
9554 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9555 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9556 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9557 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9559 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9560 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9561 First list is used raw.
9562 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9564 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9565 for skipping in latex mode.")
9567 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9569 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9570 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9571 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9572 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9574 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9575 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9576 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9577 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9578 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9580 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9581 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9583 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9585 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9586 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9588 return values:
9589 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9590 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9591 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9592 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9593 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9595 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9596 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9598 Selections are:
9600 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9601 SPC: Accept word this time.
9602 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9603 `a': Accept word for this session.
9604 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9605 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9606 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9607 `?': Show these commands.
9608 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9609 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9610 the aborted check to be completed later.
9611 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9612 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9613 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9614 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9615 `C-l': redraws screen
9616 `C-r': recursive edit
9617 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9619 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9620 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9621 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9623 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9624 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9625 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9627 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9629 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
9631 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9632 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9633 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9634 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9636 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9637 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9639 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9640 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9642 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9643 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9645 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9646 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9647 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9648 sequence inside of a word.
9650 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9652 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9653 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9655 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9656 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9657 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9658 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil)
9660 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9661 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9662 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9664 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9665 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9667 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9668 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9670 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9671 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9672 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9673 Don't check included messages.
9675 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9676 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9677 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9679 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9680 in your .emacs file:
9681 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9682 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9683 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9684 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9686 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9687 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9688 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9690 ;;;***
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9693 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9694 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9695 ;;;;;; (14877 36786))
9696 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9698 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9699 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9701 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9703 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9705 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9707 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9708 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9709 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9710 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9711 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9712 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9714 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9715 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9716 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9717 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9719 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9721 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9722 Switch to another buffer.
9724 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9725 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9726 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9727 in another frame.
9728 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9730 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9731 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9732 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9733 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9735 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9736 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9737 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9738 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9740 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9741 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9742 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9743 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9745 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9746 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9747 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9748 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9749 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9751 ;;;***
9753 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9754 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9755 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9756 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
9757 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9759 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9761 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9762 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9763 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9764 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9765 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9766 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9767 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9768 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9770 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9771 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9772 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9773 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9775 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9776 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9777 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9778 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9779 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9781 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9782 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9783 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9784 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9786 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9787 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9788 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9789 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9791 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9792 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9794 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9795 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9796 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9797 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9798 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9800 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9801 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9802 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9803 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9804 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9806 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9807 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9808 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9810 ;;;***
9812 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14829
9813 ;;;;;; 31693))
9814 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9816 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
9817 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
9818 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
9819 that needs to be (re)fontified.
9820 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
9822 ;;;***
9824 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
9825 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14854 32221))
9826 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9828 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9829 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off.
9830 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9832 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9834 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9836 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9838 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9839 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9840 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9841 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
9843 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9844 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
9846 ;;;***
9848 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9849 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9852 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9853 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9854 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9856 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9857 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9858 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9859 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9860 shorter.
9862 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9863 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9864 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9866 ;;;***
9868 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
9869 ;;;;;; 13574))
9870 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9872 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9873 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9874 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9875 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9876 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9877 positions that contains the current selection.")
9879 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9880 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9881 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9882 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9883 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9884 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9885 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9887 ;;;***
9889 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9890 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9891 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9893 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9894 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9895 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9897 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9899 ;;;***
9901 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9902 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
9903 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9905 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9907 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9908 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9910 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9912 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9913 Start or resume an Lm game.
9914 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9915 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9917 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9918 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9919 none / 1 | yes | no
9920 2 | yes | yes
9921 3 | no | yes
9922 4 | no | no
9924 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9925 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9926 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9928 ;;;***
9930 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9931 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9932 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9933 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9935 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9937 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9938 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9939 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9940 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9941 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9942 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9944 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9945 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9947 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9948 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9950 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9951 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9952 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9953 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9954 to compose.
9956 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9958 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9960 ;;;***
9962 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
9963 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
9966 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
9967 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
9968 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
9969 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
9970 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
9971 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
9972 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
9973 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
9975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9976 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
9978 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
9980 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
9982 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
9983 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
9984 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
9985 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
9986 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
9988 ;;;***
9990 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
9991 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14862 37894))
9992 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
9994 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
9995 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
9996 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
9997 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9999 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10001 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10003 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10004 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10005 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10006 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10007 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10008 for large buffers.
10010 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10011 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10012 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10013 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10014 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10016 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10017 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10018 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10019 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10020 slow to keep up with your typing.
10022 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10023 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10024 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10025 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10026 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10027 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10029 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10030 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10031 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10032 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10034 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10035 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10036 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10037 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10039 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10040 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10041 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10042 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10043 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10045 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10046 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10048 ;;;***
10050 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10051 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
10052 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10054 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10055 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10057 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10058 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10060 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10061 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10063 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10064 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10065 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10066 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10067 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10068 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10069 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10070 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10071 and transmit saved text.
10072 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10073 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10074 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10076 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10078 ;;;***
10080 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
10081 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10083 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10084 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10085 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10086 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10087 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10089 ;;;***
10091 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10092 ;;;;;; 14322))
10093 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10095 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10096 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10097 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10098 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10100 ;;;***
10102 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10103 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10106 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10107 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10108 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10110 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10111 Run the locate command with a filter.
10113 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10114 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10116 ;;;***
10118 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14854 32221))
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10121 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10122 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10123 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10124 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10125 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10126 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10127 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10128 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
10130 ;;;***
10132 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
10133 ;;;;;; 42770))
10134 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10136 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10137 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10139 ;;;***
10141 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10142 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14693
10143 ;;;;;; 49864))
10144 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10146 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
10147 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10148 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10150 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10151 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10153 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10154 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10155 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10156 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10157 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10158 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10159 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10161 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10162 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10163 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10164 switch on this list.
10165 See `lpr-command'.")
10167 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10168 *Name of program for printing a file.
10170 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10171 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10172 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10173 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10174 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10175 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10176 argument.")
10178 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10179 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10180 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10181 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10183 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10184 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10186 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10187 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10188 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10189 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10191 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10192 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10194 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10195 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10197 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10198 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10199 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10200 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10202 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10203 Paginate and print the region contents.
10205 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10206 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10207 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10208 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10210 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10211 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10213 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10214 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10216 ;;;***
10218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
10219 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10221 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
10222 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
10223 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
10224 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
10225 package is used.")
10227 ;;;***
10229 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
10230 ;;;;;; 53924))
10231 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10233 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10234 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10235 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10237 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10239 ;;;***
10241 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14720
10242 ;;;;;; 7115))
10243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10245 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10246 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10247 \\{m4-mode-map}
10248 " t nil)
10250 ;;;***
10252 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10253 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14856 15439))
10254 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10256 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10257 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10258 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10259 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10260 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10262 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10263 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10264 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10265 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10267 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10268 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10269 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10270 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10271 bindings.
10273 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10274 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10276 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10277 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10278 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10279 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10280 each time the macro executes.
10281 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10282 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10283 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10284 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10285 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10286 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10287 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10289 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10290 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10291 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10293 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10294 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10295 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10296 execute.
10298 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10299 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10301 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10302 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10303 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10304 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10305 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10307 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10308 looked like this:
10310 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10311 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10312 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10314 You could enter the names in this format:
10320 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10322 \\C-x (
10323 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10324 \\C-x )
10326 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10327 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10328 " t nil)
10329 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10331 ;;;***
10333 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10334 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10337 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10338 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10339 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10340 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10342 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10343 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10344 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10345 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10346 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10348 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10349 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10350 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10351 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10353 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10354 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10356 ;;;***
10358 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10359 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10360 ;;;;;; (14723 62186))
10361 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10363 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10364 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10366 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10368 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10369 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10371 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10372 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10373 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10374 message.
10376 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10378 ;;;***
10380 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10381 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10382 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14800
10383 ;;;;;; 33445))
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10386 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10387 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10388 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10389 often correct parser.")
10391 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10393 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10394 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10395 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10396 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10398 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10399 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10400 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10401 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10403 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10404 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10405 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10406 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10408 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10409 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10410 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10411 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10412 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10413 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10415 ;;;***
10417 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10418 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14747 44775))
10419 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10421 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10422 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10424 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10425 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10426 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10428 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10429 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10430 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10432 ;;;***
10434 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10435 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10436 ;;;;;; 15646))
10437 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10439 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10440 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10441 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10442 king@grassland.com
10443 If `parens', they look like:
10444 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10445 If `angles', they look like:
10446 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10448 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10449 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10450 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10451 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10452 their `Resent-' variants.
10454 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10455 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10457 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10458 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10459 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10461 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10462 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10463 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10464 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10466 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10467 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10468 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10469 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10471 ;;;***
10473 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10474 ;;;;;; (14720 7115))
10475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10477 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10478 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10479 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10481 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10483 In the browser, use the following keys:
10485 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10487 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10489 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10490 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10492 makefile-target-colon:
10493 The string that gets appended to all target names
10494 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10495 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10497 makefile-macro-assign:
10498 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10499 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10500 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10501 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10502 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10503 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10505 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10506 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10507 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10509 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10510 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10512 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10513 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10514 up or down in the browser.
10516 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10517 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10519 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10520 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10522 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10523 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10524 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10525 has been selected in the browser.
10527 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10528 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10529 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10530 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10531 filenames are omitted.
10533 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10534 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10535 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10536 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10537 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10538 the backslash itself intact.
10539 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10540 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10542 makefile-browser-hook:
10543 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10544 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10546 makefile-special-targets-list:
10547 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10548 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10549 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10551 ;;;***
10553 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10554 ;;;;;; 28917))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10557 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10558 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10559 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10561 ;;;***
10563 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14826 51988))
10564 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10566 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10568 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10569 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10570 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10571 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10572 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10573 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10574 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10576 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10577 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10579 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10580 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10582 ;;;***
10584 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10585 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10586 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10587 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10588 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10589 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10590 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10591 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10592 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14887 28114))
10593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10595 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10596 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10598 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10599 king@grassland.com
10600 If `parens', they look like:
10601 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10602 If `angles', they look like:
10603 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10605 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10606 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10608 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10609 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10611 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10612 *Local news organization file.")
10614 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10615 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10616 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10617 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10619 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10620 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
10621 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
10623 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10624 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10626 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10627 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10629 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10630 *Function for citing an original message.
10631 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10632 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10633 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10635 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10636 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10637 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10638 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10639 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10641 (defvar message-signature t "\
10642 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10643 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10644 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10645 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10647 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10648 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
10650 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10652 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10653 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10654 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
10655 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
10656 C-c C-d Pospone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10657 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10658 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10659 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10660 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10661 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10662 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10663 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10664 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
10665 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10666 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
10667 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
10668 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10669 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
10670 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
10671 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
10672 C-c C-v message-delete-not-region (remove the text outside the region).
10673 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
10674 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body).
10675 C-c C-a mml-attach-file (attach a file as MIME).
10676 M-RET message-newline-and-reformat (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10678 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10679 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10680 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10682 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10683 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10685 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10686 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10688 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10689 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10691 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10692 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10693 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10695 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10696 Cancel an article you posted.
10697 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10699 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10700 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10701 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10702 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10704 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10705 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10707 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10708 Forward the current message via mail.
10709 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10710 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10712 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10713 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10715 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10716 Re-mail the current message.
10717 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10718 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10719 you." t nil)
10721 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10722 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10724 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10725 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10727 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10728 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10730 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10731 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10733 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10734 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10735 Works by overstriking characters.
10736 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10737 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10739 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10740 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10741 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10742 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10744 ;;;***
10746 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10747 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10750 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10751 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10752 Special commands:
10753 \\{meta-mode-map}
10755 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10756 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10758 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10759 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10760 Special commands:
10761 \\{meta-mode-map}
10763 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10764 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10766 ;;;***
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10769 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10770 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
10771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10773 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10774 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10775 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10777 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10778 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10779 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10780 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10781 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10782 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10783 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10785 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10786 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10787 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10788 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10789 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10790 means current).
10791 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10792 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10794 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10795 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10796 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10797 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10798 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10799 means current).
10800 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10801 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10803 ;;;***
10805 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10806 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14849 24594))
10807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10809 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10810 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10811 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10812 to the MH mail system.
10814 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10816 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10817 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10818 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10819 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10820 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10821 that want to create a mail buffer.
10822 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10824 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10825 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10826 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10827 to the MH mail system.
10829 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10831 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10832 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10833 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10834 using the MH mail handling system.
10835 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10836 messages.
10838 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10840 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10842 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10843 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10844 the yanked message.
10846 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10847 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10848 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10849 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10850 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10852 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10853 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10854 inserted in a draft letter.
10856 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10857 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10859 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10861 ;;;***
10863 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14849
10864 ;;;;;; 24610))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10867 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10868 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10869 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10870 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10872 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10873 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10875 ;;;***
10877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10878 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10880 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10881 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10883 ;;;***
10885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14484 43737))
10886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10888 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10890 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10892 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10894 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10896 ;;;***
10898 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10899 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14721 29450))
10900 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10902 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10903 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10904 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10905 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10906 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10907 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10908 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10909 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10910 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10911 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10912 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10914 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10915 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10916 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10917 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10919 ;;;***
10921 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10922 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
10923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10925 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10926 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
10928 ;;;***
10930 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
10931 ;;;;;; (14854 32223))
10932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
10934 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
10935 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
10936 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
10937 the entire message.
10938 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
10940 ;;;***
10942 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
10943 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
10946 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
10947 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
10948 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10949 followed by the first character of the construct.
10950 \\<m2-mode-map>
10951 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10952 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10953 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10954 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
10955 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
10956 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
10957 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
10958 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
10959 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
10960 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
10961 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
10962 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
10963 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
10964 \\[m2-link] link
10966 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
10967 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
10968 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
10970 ;;;***
10972 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
10973 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
10976 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
10977 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
10979 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
10980 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
10982 ;;;***
10984 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
10985 ;;;;;; 26481))
10986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
10988 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
10989 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
10990 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10991 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
10993 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
10995 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
10997 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
10999 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11000 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11001 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11002 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11003 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11004 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11006 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11007 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11008 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11009 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11010 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11012 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11013 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
11015 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11016 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11018 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11020 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11021 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11022 primary selection and region." t nil)
11024 ;;;***
11026 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11027 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11029 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11030 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11032 ;;;***
11034 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14854 32222))
11035 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11037 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11038 Toggle Msb mode on or off.
11039 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11041 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11043 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11045 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11047 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11048 Toggle Msb mode.
11049 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11050 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11051 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11053 ;;;***
11055 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11056 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11057 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11058 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11059 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11060 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14887 28114))
11061 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11063 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11064 Display a list of all character sets.
11066 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11067 for internal Emacs use.
11069 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11070 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11071 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11072 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11073 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11075 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11076 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11077 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11078 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11080 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11081 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11083 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11084 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11085 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11086 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11087 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11089 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11090 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11091 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11092 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11093 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11095 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11096 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11098 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11099 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11101 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11102 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
11103 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11104 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11105 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11107 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11108 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11110 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11111 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11113 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11114 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11115 at the place of `..':
11116 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11117 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11118 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11119 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11120 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11121 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11122 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11123 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11124 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11125 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11126 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11127 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11128 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11129 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11130 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11131 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11133 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11134 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11136 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11137 Display a list of all coding systems.
11138 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11140 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11141 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11143 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11144 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11146 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11147 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11149 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11150 Display information of FONTSET.
11151 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11153 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11154 Display a list of all fontsets.
11155 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11156 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11157 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11159 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11160 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11162 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11163 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11165 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11166 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11167 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11168 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11170 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11171 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11172 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11174 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11175 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11176 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11178 ;;;***
11180 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11181 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11182 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11183 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11184 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11185 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11186 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
11187 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11189 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11190 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11191 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11193 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11194 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11196 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11197 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11199 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11200 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11202 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11203 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11204 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11205 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11206 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11208 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11209 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11210 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11211 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11212 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11214 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11215 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11217 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11219 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11220 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11222 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11223 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11224 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11226 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11227 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11228 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11230 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11231 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11232 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11233 is considered.
11234 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11235 longer than KEYSEQ.
11236 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11238 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11239 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11240 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11241 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11242 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11243 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11244 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11245 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11246 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11247 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11248 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11250 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11251 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11253 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11254 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11256 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11257 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11259 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11260 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11262 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11263 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11265 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11266 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11267 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11268 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11270 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11271 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11272 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11273 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11275 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11276 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11277 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11278 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11280 ;;;***
11282 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11283 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
11284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11286 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11287 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off.
11288 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11290 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11292 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11294 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11296 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11297 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11298 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11299 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11301 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11302 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11304 ;;;***
11306 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11307 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11308 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11309 ;;;;;; (14813 44131))
11310 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11312 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11313 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11315 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11316 Ping HOST.
11317 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11318 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11320 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11321 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11323 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11325 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11326 Run netstat program." t nil)
11328 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11329 Run the arp program." t nil)
11331 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11332 Run the route program." t nil)
11334 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11335 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11337 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11338 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11340 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11341 Run dig program." t nil)
11343 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11344 Run ftp program." t nil)
11346 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11347 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11349 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11350 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11351 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11352 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11354 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11356 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11357 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11359 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11360 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11362 ;;;***
11364 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11365 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11366 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11367 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11368 ;;;;;; (14884 54601))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11371 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11373 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11375 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11377 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11379 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11381 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11382 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11383 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11384 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11385 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11387 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11388 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11390 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11391 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11392 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11393 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11395 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11396 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11398 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11399 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11400 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11402 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11403 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11404 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11405 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11406 column indentation or nil.
11407 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11409 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11410 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11411 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11413 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11414 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11415 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11416 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11418 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11419 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11421 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11422 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11423 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11425 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11426 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11428 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11429 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11430 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11432 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11433 Set the comment column based on point.
11434 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11435 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11436 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11437 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11439 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11440 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11441 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11443 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11444 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11445 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11446 comment markers." t nil)
11448 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11449 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11450 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11451 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11452 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11453 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11454 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11455 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11457 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11458 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11460 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11461 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11462 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11463 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
11464 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11465 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11466 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11467 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11469 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11470 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11471 This indents the body of the continued comment
11472 under the previous comment line.
11474 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11475 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11476 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11478 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11479 or comment indentation.
11481 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11482 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11484 ;;;***
11486 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11487 ;;;;;; 32485))
11488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11490 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11491 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11492 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11493 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11494 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11495 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11497 ;;;***
11499 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11500 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11503 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11504 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11505 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11507 ;;;***
11509 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11510 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11513 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11514 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11515 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11517 ;;;***
11519 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11520 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11523 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11524 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11526 ;;;***
11528 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11529 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14792 2698))
11530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11532 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11533 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11535 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11536 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11538 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11539 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11541 ;;;***
11543 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11544 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11545 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11547 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11548 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11549 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11551 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11553 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11554 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11555 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11556 to future sessions." t nil)
11558 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11559 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11560 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11561 to future sessions." t nil)
11563 ;;;***
11565 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11566 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11569 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11570 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11571 \\{nroff-mode-map}
11572 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11573 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11574 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11576 ;;;***
11578 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11579 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11582 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11583 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11584 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11585 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11586 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11588 ;;;***
11590 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11591 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11594 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11595 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11596 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11598 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11600 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11601 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11603 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11604 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11605 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11607 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11609 ;;;***
11611 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11612 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
11613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11615 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11616 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11618 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11619 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11620 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11621 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11623 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11624 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11625 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11626 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11627 is why you need this mode!).
11629 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11630 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11631 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11633 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11635 Keybindings
11636 ===========
11638 \\{octave-mode-map}
11640 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11641 ==============================================
11643 octave-auto-indent
11644 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11645 Default is nil.
11647 octave-auto-newline
11648 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11649 Default is nil.
11651 octave-blink-matching-block
11652 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11653 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11655 octave-block-offset
11656 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11657 Default is 2.
11659 octave-continuation-offset
11660 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11661 Default is 4.
11663 octave-continuation-string
11664 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11665 Default is a backslash.
11667 octave-mode-startup-message
11668 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11669 Default is t.
11671 octave-send-echo-input
11672 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11673 command to the inferior Octave process.
11675 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11676 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11677 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11679 octave-send-echo-input
11680 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11682 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11684 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11685 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11687 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11688 (setq auto-mode-alist
11689 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11691 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11692 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11694 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11695 (lambda ()
11696 (abbrev-mode 1)
11697 (auto-fill-mode 1)
11698 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11699 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11701 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11702 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11703 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11704 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11706 ;;;***
11708 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11709 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
11710 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11712 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11713 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11714 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11716 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11717 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11718 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11719 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11720 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11722 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11724 ;;;***
11726 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11727 ;;;;;; (14876 60333))
11728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11730 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11731 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11732 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11733 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11735 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11736 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11737 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11738 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11740 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11741 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11742 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11743 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11744 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11745 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11747 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11748 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11750 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11751 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11752 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11753 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11754 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11755 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11756 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11757 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11758 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11759 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11760 The subheadings remain visible.
11761 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11763 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11764 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11765 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11767 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11768 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11770 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11771 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11772 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11773 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11775 ;;;***
11777 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14854 32222))
11778 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11780 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11781 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off.
11782 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11784 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11786 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11788 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11790 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11791 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11792 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11793 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11795 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11796 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11798 ;;;***
11800 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
11801 ;;;;;; 14481))
11802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11804 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11805 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11806 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11808 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11809 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11811 Other useful functions are:
11813 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11814 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11815 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11816 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11817 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11818 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11819 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11820 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11821 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11823 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11825 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11826 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11827 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11828 Indentation for case statements.
11829 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11830 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11831 mark after an end.
11832 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11833 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11834 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11835 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11836 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11837 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11838 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11839 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11840 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11841 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11843 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11844 pascal-separator-keywords.
11846 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11847 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11849 ;;;***
11851 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11852 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11853 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11855 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11856 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11857 The keys affected are:
11858 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11859 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11860 M-Backspace does undo.
11861 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11862 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11863 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11865 ;;;***
11867 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11868 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14783 15356))
11869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11871 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11872 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11874 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11876 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11877 which modify the status of the mark.
11879 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11880 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11882 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11883 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11885 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11886 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11887 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11888 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11889 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11891 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11892 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11894 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11895 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11896 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
11898 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
11899 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
11900 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
11902 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
11903 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
11905 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
11906 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
11907 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
11909 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
11910 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
11911 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
11913 F6 other-window
11914 DELETE delete-char
11915 C-DELETE kill-line
11916 M-DELETE kill-word
11917 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
11918 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
11919 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
11921 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
11922 Toggle PC Selection mode.
11923 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
11924 and cursor movement commands.
11925 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11926 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
11928 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11930 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
11932 ;;;***
11934 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
11935 ;;;;;; 33021))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
11938 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
11939 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
11941 ;;;***
11943 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
11944 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 35955))
11945 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
11947 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11948 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
11950 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11951 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
11953 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11954 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
11956 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11957 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
11959 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
11961 ;;;***
11963 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
11964 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 33024))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
11967 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11968 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
11970 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11971 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
11973 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11974 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
11976 ;;;***
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
11979 ;;;;;; 33025))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
11982 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
11983 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
11984 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
11985 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
11986 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
11987 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
11989 ;;;***
11991 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
11992 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
11993 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
11996 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11997 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
11999 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12001 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12002 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12004 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12005 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12007 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12008 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12010 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12012 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12013 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12015 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12016 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12018 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12019 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12021 ;;;***
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12024 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12025 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14826
12026 ;;;;;; 56519))
12027 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12029 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12030 Support extensible programmable completion.
12031 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12032 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12034 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12035 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12037 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12038 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12039 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12041 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12042 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12044 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12045 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12046 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12048 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12049 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12051 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12052 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12054 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12055 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12056 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12057 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12058 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12060 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12061 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12063 ;;;***
12065 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12066 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12067 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14875 40521))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12070 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12071 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12072 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12073 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12075 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12077 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12078 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12079 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12080 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12081 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12082 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12083 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12085 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12086 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12087 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12088 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12089 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12090 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12091 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12092 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12094 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12095 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12096 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12097 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12098 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12099 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12101 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12102 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12103 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12104 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12105 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12106 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12107 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12109 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12111 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12112 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12113 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12115 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12116 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12117 NIL means never do it.
12118 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12119 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12120 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12122 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12123 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12124 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12126 ;;;***
12128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14854 32222))
12129 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12131 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12133 ;;;***
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12136 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
12137 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12139 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12140 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12141 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12142 Tab indents for Perl code.
12143 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12144 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12145 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12146 \\{perl-mode-map}
12147 Variables controlling indentation style:
12148 perl-tab-always-indent
12149 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12150 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12151 perl-tab-to-comment
12152 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12153 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12154 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12155 perl-nochange
12156 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12157 perl-indent-level
12158 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12159 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12160 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12161 perl-continued-statement-offset
12162 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12163 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12164 perl-continued-brace-offset
12165 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12166 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12167 perl-brace-offset
12168 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12169 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12170 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12171 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12172 perl-label-offset
12173 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12175 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12176 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12177 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12178 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12179 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12180 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12181 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12183 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12185 ;;;***
12187 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12188 ;;;;;; (14883 29490))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12191 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12192 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12193 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12194 afterwards settable by these commands:
12195 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12196 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12197 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12198 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12199 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12200 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12201 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12202 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12203 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12204 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12205 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12206 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12207 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12208 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12209 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12210 with these commands:
12211 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12212 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12213 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12214 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12215 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12216 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12217 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12218 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12219 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12220 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12221 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12222 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12223 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12224 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12225 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12226 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12227 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12228 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12229 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12230 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12231 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12232 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12233 text is saved in the kill ring.
12234 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12235 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12236 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12237 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12238 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12239 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12240 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12241 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12242 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12243 commands if invoked soon enough.
12244 You can return to the previous mode with:
12245 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12246 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12248 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12250 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12251 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12253 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12255 ;;;***
12257 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776))
12258 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12260 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12261 Play pong and waste time.
12262 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12263 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12265 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12267 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12269 ;;;***
12271 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12272 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12275 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12276 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12277 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12278 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12279 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12281 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12282 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12283 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12284 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12285 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12287 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12288 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12289 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12290 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12292 ;;;***
12294 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12295 ;;;;;; (14729 20675))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12298 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12299 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12300 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12301 Commands:
12302 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12303 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12304 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12306 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12307 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12309 ;;;***
12311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12314 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12315 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12316 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12318 ;;;***
12320 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14884
12321 ;;;;;; 1390))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12324 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12325 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12327 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12329 The following variables hold user options, and can
12330 be set through the `customize' command:
12332 ps-mode-auto-indent
12333 ps-mode-tab
12334 ps-mode-paper-size
12335 ps-mode-print-function
12336 ps-run-prompt
12337 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12338 ps-run-x
12339 ps-run-dumb
12340 ps-run-init
12341 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12342 ps-run-tmp-dir
12344 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12347 \\{ps-mode-map}
12350 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12351 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12352 The keymap for this second window is:
12354 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12357 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12358 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12359 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12360 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12361 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12362 " t nil)
12364 ;;;***
12366 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
12367 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
12368 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
12369 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14729 19580))
12370 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12372 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12373 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12375 Valid values are:
12377 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12378 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12379 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12380 changed by setting the variable
12381 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12382 The initial value of this variable is
12383 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12384 documentation).
12386 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12387 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12388 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12389 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12390 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12391 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12392 test it.
12394 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12395 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12396 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12397 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12398 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12399 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12400 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12401 use this value, be sure to have installed
12402 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
12403 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12404 documentation of this variable).
12406 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12407 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12408 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12409 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12410 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12411 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12413 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12415 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12416 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12417 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12419 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12421 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12422 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12424 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12426 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12428 Returns the value:
12430 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12432 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12433 the sequence." nil nil)
12435 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12436 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12438 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12439 composition.
12441 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12443 Returns the value:
12445 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12447 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12448 the sequence." nil nil)
12450 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12451 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12453 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12454 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12455 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12457 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12459 ;;;***
12461 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12462 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12463 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12464 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12465 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12466 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14887 28113))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12469 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12470 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12471 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12472 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12474 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12475 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12477 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12478 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12480 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12481 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
12482 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12484 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12485 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12486 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12488 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12489 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12490 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12491 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12492 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12494 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12495 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12496 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12498 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12499 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12500 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12501 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12502 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12504 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12505 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12506 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
12507 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12509 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12511 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12512 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12513 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12514 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12515 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12517 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12519 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12520 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12521 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12523 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12525 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12526 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12527 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12528 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12529 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12531 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12533 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12534 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12536 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12537 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
12538 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12540 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12541 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12542 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12544 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12545 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
12546 using the current ps-print setup.
12547 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12548 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12550 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12551 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12552 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12554 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12555 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12556 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12558 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12559 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12561 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12562 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12564 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12565 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12567 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12569 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12571 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12572 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12574 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12575 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12577 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12579 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12581 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12583 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12584 foreground and background colors respectively.
12586 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12587 bold - use bold font.
12588 italic - use italic font.
12589 underline - put a line under text.
12590 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12591 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12592 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12593 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12594 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12596 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12598 ;;;***
12600 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12601 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12602 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12603 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
12604 ;;;;;; (14868 1431))
12605 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12607 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12608 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12609 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12611 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12612 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12613 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12614 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12615 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12616 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12617 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12619 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12620 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12621 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12622 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12623 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12624 shown.
12625 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12627 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12628 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12629 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12630 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12631 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12632 list of candidates.
12634 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12635 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12636 command to be called.
12638 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12639 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12640 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12641 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12643 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12644 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12645 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12646 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12647 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12648 to t.
12650 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12651 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12652 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12653 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12655 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12656 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12657 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12658 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12660 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12661 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12662 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12663 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12664 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12665 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12667 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12668 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12669 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12670 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12671 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12672 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12674 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12675 covers Quail translation region.
12677 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12678 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12679 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12680 for it) is inserted.
12682 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12683 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12684 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12686 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12687 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12688 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12690 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12691 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12693 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12694 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12695 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12696 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12697 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12699 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12700 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12702 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12703 keyboard type." t nil)
12705 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12706 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12707 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12708 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12709 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12710 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12711 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12712 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12713 for the translation.
12714 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12716 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12717 it is used to handle KEY.
12719 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12720 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12721 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12722 the following annotation types are supported.
12724 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12725 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12727 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12728 candidate list.
12730 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12731 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12732 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12733 inserted.
12735 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12736 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12738 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12739 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12741 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12742 which to install MAP.
12744 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12746 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12747 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12749 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12750 which to install MAP.
12752 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12754 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12755 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12756 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12757 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12758 a function, or a cons.
12759 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12760 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12761 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12762 for the translation.
12763 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12764 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12765 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12766 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12767 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12769 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12770 it is used to handle KEY.
12772 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12773 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12774 current Quail package.
12776 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12777 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12779 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12780 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12782 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
12783 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
12785 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
12787 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
12788 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
12790 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
12791 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
12792 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
12793 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
12794 of the Emacs source tree.
12796 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
12797 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
12799 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
12800 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
12801 of each directory." t nil)
12803 ;;;***
12805 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12806 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12807 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
12808 ;;;;;; 8650))
12809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12811 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12812 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12813 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12814 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12816 To make use of this do something like:
12818 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12820 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12822 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
12823 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
12825 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
12826 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12827 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12829 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12830 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12832 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12833 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12835 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12836 is decided." t nil)
12838 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
12839 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
12841 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
12842 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12843 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12845 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12846 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12848 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12849 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12851 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12852 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12854 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12856 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12858 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12859 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12861 ;;;***
12863 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
12864 ;;;;;; 7848))
12865 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12867 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12868 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12869 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12871 ;;;***
12873 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12874 ;;;;;; (14539 46619))
12875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12877 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12878 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12880 ;;;***
12882 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12883 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12884 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14875 64576))
12885 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12887 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
12888 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
12890 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
12891 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
12893 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
12894 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
12896 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
12897 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
12898 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
12899 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
12900 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
12902 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
12903 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
12905 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
12906 Toggle Recentf mode on or off.
12907 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12909 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
12911 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12913 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
12915 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
12916 Toggle recentf mode.
12917 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12918 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12920 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
12921 were operated on recently." t nil)
12923 ;;;***
12925 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
12926 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
12927 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
12928 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14877
12929 ;;;;;; 36786))
12930 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
12932 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
12933 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
12934 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
12935 spaces and tab.
12937 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
12938 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
12940 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
12941 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
12942 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
12943 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
12944 ends.
12946 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12947 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
12948 to be deleted." t nil)
12950 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12951 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12952 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
12954 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12955 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12956 deleted." nil nil)
12958 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12959 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12960 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
12962 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
12963 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
12965 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12966 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
12968 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12969 deleted." t nil)
12971 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
12972 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
12974 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
12975 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
12976 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
12977 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
12978 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
12979 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
12980 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
12982 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
12983 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
12985 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
12986 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
12988 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12989 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
12990 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
12991 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
12993 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
12994 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
12995 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
12996 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
12997 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
12999 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13000 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13002 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13003 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13005 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13006 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13007 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13009 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13010 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
13012 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13013 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13014 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13016 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13017 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13018 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13020 ;;;***
13022 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14875
13023 ;;;;;; 62936))
13024 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13026 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13027 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13028 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13030 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13031 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13032 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13034 ;;;***
13036 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13037 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
13038 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13040 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13041 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13043 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13044 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13046 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13047 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13049 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13050 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13051 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13052 \\ref macro.
13054 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13055 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13056 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13058 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13059 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13060 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13062 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13063 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13065 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13066 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13068 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13069 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13070 on the menu bar.
13072 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13074 ;;;***
13076 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13077 ;;;;;; (14702 63699))
13078 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13080 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13081 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13082 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13083 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13084 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13085 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13087 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13089 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13091 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13092 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13093 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
13094 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13096 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13097 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13098 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13099 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13101 ;;;***
13103 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13104 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
13105 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13107 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13108 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13109 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13111 To insert new phrases, use
13112 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13113 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13115 To index phrases use one of:
13117 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13118 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13119 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13120 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13121 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13123 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13124 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13126 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13128 Here are all local bindings.
13130 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13132 ;;;***
13134 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13135 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
13136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13138 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13139 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13140 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13141 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13142 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13143 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13145 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13146 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13148 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13149 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13151 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13152 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13153 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13154 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13156 ;;;***
13158 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
13159 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13161 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13162 Repeat most recently executed command.
13163 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13164 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13165 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13167 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13168 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13169 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13171 ;;;***
13173 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13174 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
13175 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13177 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13178 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13180 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13181 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13182 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13183 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13184 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13185 and point is left after the salutation.
13187 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13188 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13189 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13190 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13191 left after that text.
13193 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13194 is non-nil.
13196 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13197 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13198 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13199 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13201 ;;;***
13203 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13204 ;;;;;; (14808 17014))
13205 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13207 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13208 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13209 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13210 visibility of comments that precede it.
13211 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13212 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13213 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13214 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13215 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13216 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13217 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13218 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13219 the comment lines.
13220 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13221 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13222 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13223 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13224 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13225 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13227 ;;;***
13229 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13230 ;;;;;; 50658))
13231 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13233 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13234 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13236 ;;;***
13238 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13239 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13242 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13243 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13245 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13246 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13248 ;;;***
13250 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13251 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13252 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13254 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13255 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13256 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13257 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13259 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13261 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13262 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13263 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13264 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13266 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13267 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13269 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13270 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13272 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13273 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13274 INPUT-ARGS.
13276 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13277 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13278 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13279 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13280 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13282 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13283 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13284 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13285 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13287 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13288 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13289 variable." t nil)
13291 ;;;***
13293 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13294 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13295 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13296 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13297 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13298 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13299 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14886 32019))
13300 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13302 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13303 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13304 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13305 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13307 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13308 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13309 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13310 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13311 value is the user's name.)
13312 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13314 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
13315 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13316 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13317 which normally happens once for each message,
13318 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13319 To make a change in this variable take effect
13320 for a message that you have already viewed,
13321 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13323 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13324 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13325 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13326 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13328 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
13329 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13331 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13332 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13333 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13334 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13336 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13337 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13339 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13340 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13342 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13343 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13344 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13345 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13346 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13348 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13349 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13351 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13352 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13354 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13355 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13357 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13358 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13360 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13361 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13363 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13364 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13366 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13367 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13369 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13370 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13372 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13373 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13374 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13375 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13377 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13378 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13380 This is set to nil by default.")
13382 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13383 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13384 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13385 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13386 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13388 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13389 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
13391 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13392 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13393 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13394 this feature is required with `require'.")
13396 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13397 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13398 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13399 the message is decoded as normal way.
13401 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13402 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13403 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13405 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13406 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13407 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13409 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13410 Read and edit incoming mail.
13411 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13412 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13413 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13415 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13416 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13417 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13418 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13420 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13422 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13423 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13424 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13425 Instead, these commands are available:
13427 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13428 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13429 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13430 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13431 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13432 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13433 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13434 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13435 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13436 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13437 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13438 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13439 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13440 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13441 till a deleted message is found.
13442 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13443 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13444 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13445 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13446 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13447 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13448 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13449 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13450 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13451 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13452 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13453 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13454 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13455 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13456 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13457 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13458 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13459 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13460 (label defaults to last one specified).
13461 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13462 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13463 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13464 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13465 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13466 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13467 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13468 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13469 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13471 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13472 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13474 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13475 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13477 ;;;***
13479 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13480 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
13481 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13483 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13484 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13486 ;;;***
13488 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13489 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13490 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
13491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13493 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13494 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13495 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13497 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13498 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13499 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13501 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13503 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13504 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13505 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13506 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13507 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13509 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13510 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13511 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13512 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13513 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13515 ;;;***
13517 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13518 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13519 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13521 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13522 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13523 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13524 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13526 ;;;***
13528 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13529 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13530 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
13531 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13533 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13534 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13535 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13536 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13537 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13538 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13539 a file name as a string.")
13541 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13542 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13543 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13544 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13545 buffer visiting that file.
13546 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13547 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13549 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13550 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13552 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13553 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13555 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13556 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13558 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13559 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13561 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13562 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13563 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13564 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13565 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13567 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13568 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13569 will be appended with their original headers.
13571 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13572 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13574 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13575 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13577 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13579 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13580 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13581 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13583 ;;;***
13585 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13586 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13587 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
13588 ;;;;;; 26387))
13589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13591 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13592 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13593 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13595 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13596 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13597 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13599 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13600 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13601 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13603 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13604 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13605 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13607 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13608 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13609 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13611 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13612 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13613 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13615 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
13616 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13617 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13618 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13620 ;;;***
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13623 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13624 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13625 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13626 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13629 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13630 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13632 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13633 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13635 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13636 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13638 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13639 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13640 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13642 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13643 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13644 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13645 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13646 only look in the To and From fields.
13647 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13649 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13650 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13651 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13652 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13653 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13655 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13656 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13657 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13658 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13659 look in the whole message.
13660 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13662 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13663 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13664 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13666 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13667 *Function to decode summary-line.
13669 By default, `identity' is set.")
13671 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13672 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13673 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13674 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13675 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13676 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13677 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13679 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13680 sent by you under different user names.
13681 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13683 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13685 ;;;***
13687 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
13688 ;;;;;; (14660 49436))
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
13691 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13692 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13693 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13694 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13696 ;;;***
13698 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13699 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13700 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13702 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13703 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13704 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13706 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13707 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13709 ;;;***
13711 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13712 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13713 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13714 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
13715 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13717 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13718 *This variable is obsolete.")
13720 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13722 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13724 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13725 *This variable is obsolete.")
13727 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13728 *This variable is obsolete.")
13730 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13731 *This variable is obsolete.")
13733 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13734 *This variable is obsolete.")
13736 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13737 *This variable is obsolete.")
13739 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13740 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13742 ;;;***
13744 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13745 ;;;;;; (14866 25750))
13746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13748 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13749 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13750 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13752 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13753 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13754 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13755 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13756 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
13757 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
13758 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
13759 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
13761 Commands:
13762 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13763 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13764 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13765 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
13766 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13768 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
13769 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
13770 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13772 Commands:
13773 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13774 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13775 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13776 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
13777 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
13778 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
13780 ;;;***
13782 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
13783 ;;;;;; (14792 2703))
13784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
13786 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
13787 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
13788 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
13790 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
13792 ;;;***
13794 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
13795 ;;;;;; 56615))
13796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
13798 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
13799 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
13800 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
13801 \\{scribe-mode-map}
13803 Interesting variables:
13805 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
13806 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
13808 scribe-electric-quote
13809 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
13811 scribe-electric-parenthesis
13812 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
13813 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
13815 ;;;***
13817 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
13818 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (14862 37894))
13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
13821 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
13822 Control/track scroll locking.
13824 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13825 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
13827 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13829 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
13831 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
13832 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
13834 ;;;***
13836 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
13837 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
13838 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
13839 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
13840 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14862 37898))
13841 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
13843 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
13844 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
13846 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13847 king@grassland.com
13848 If `parens', they look like:
13849 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13850 If `angles', they look like:
13851 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
13852 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
13853 derived from the envelope-from address.
13855 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
13856 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
13857 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
13858 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
13860 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
13861 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
13862 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13864 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13865 is a privileged operation.")
13867 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13868 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13869 This is done when the message is initialized,
13870 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13872 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13873 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13874 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13876 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13877 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13879 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13880 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13881 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13882 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
13884 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
13885 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
13887 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
13888 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
13889 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
13891 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
13892 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
13893 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
13894 when you first send mail.")
13896 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
13897 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
13898 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
13899 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
13900 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
13902 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
13903 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
13904 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
13905 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
13906 This file need not actually exist.")
13908 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
13909 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
13910 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
13911 If a string, that string is inserted.
13912 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
13913 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
13914 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
13915 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
13917 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
13918 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
13919 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
13920 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
13921 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
13922 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
13923 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
13924 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
13925 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
13926 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
13927 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
13928 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
13929 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
13931 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
13932 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13933 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
13934 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
13935 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
13936 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13938 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
13939 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13940 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
13942 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
13943 User should not set this variable manually,
13944 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
13945 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
13946 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13947 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
13949 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
13950 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
13951 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
13952 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
13954 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
13955 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
13957 \\<mail-mode-map>
13958 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
13960 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
13961 to move to message header fields:
13962 \\{mail-mode-map}
13964 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
13965 when the message is initialized.
13967 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
13968 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
13970 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
13971 is inserted.
13973 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
13974 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
13976 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
13977 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
13979 The second through fifth arguments,
13980 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
13981 the initial contents of those header fields.
13982 These arguments should not have final newlines.
13983 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
13984 original message being replied to, or else an action
13985 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
13986 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
13987 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
13988 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
13989 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
13990 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
13992 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
13993 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
13995 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
13996 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
13998 ;;;***
14000 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14754 19514))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14003 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14004 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14005 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14006 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14007 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14008 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14010 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14012 ;;;***
14014 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14015 ;;;;;; (14501 47217))
14016 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14018 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14019 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14020 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14021 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14022 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14024 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14025 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14026 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14028 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14029 your `.emacs' file.
14031 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14033 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14034 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14035 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14037 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14038 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14039 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14040 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14041 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14042 which this is based.
14044 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14046 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14047 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14048 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14049 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14051 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14052 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14053 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14055 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14056 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14057 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14058 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14060 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14061 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14062 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14063 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14065 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14067 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14068 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
14069 To work around that, do:
14070 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14072 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14074 ;;;***
14076 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14077 ;;;;;; (14863 49548))
14078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14080 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14082 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14083 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14084 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14085 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14086 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14087 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14089 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14090 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14091 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14092 shell-specific features.
14094 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14095 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14096 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14098 \\[sh-case] case statement
14099 \\[sh-for] for loop
14100 \\[sh-function] function definition
14101 \\[sh-if] if statement
14102 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14103 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14104 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14105 \\[sh-select] select loop
14106 \\[sh-until] until loop
14107 \\[sh-while] while loop
14109 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14110 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14111 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14112 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14113 would indent to the way it currently is.
14114 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14115 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14118 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14119 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14120 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14121 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14122 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14123 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14125 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14126 {, (, [, ', \", `
14127 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14129 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14130 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14131 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14133 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14134 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14136 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14138 ;;;***
14140 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14141 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
14142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14144 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14145 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14147 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14148 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14149 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14150 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14151 the earlier.
14153 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14155 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14157 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14158 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14159 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14161 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14162 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14164 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14165 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14166 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14167 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14168 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14169 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14170 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14171 emacs version).
14173 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14174 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14175 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14176 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14177 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14179 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14180 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14181 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14183 ;;;***
14185 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14186 ;;;;;; (14875 40521))
14187 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14189 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14190 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history.
14191 For shells that match this regexp, Emacs will write out the
14192 command history when the shell finishes.")
14194 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14195 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14196 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14197 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14198 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14199 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14200 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14201 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14202 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14203 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14204 discards input when it starts up.)
14205 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14206 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14207 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14209 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14210 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14211 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14212 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14213 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14214 `default-process-coding-system'.
14216 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14217 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14218 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14219 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14221 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14222 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14224 ;;;***
14226 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
14227 ;;;;;; 23740))
14228 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14230 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14231 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14232 \\{simula-mode-map}
14233 Variables controlling indentation style:
14234 simula-tab-always-indent
14235 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14236 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14237 simula-indent-level
14238 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14239 simula-substatement-offset
14240 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14241 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14242 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14243 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14244 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14245 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14246 simula-label-offset -4711
14247 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14248 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14249 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14250 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14251 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14252 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14253 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14254 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14255 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14256 simula-electric-indent nil
14257 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14258 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14259 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14260 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14261 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14262 or nil if they should not be changed.
14263 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14264 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14265 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14266 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14268 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14269 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14271 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14272 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14273 at all." t nil)
14275 ;;;***
14277 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14278 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14279 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
14280 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14282 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14283 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14285 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14286 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14287 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14288 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14289 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14291 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14292 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14293 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14294 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14295 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14296 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14297 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14299 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14300 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14301 ignored." t nil)
14303 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14304 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14305 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14306 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14307 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14308 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14309 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14311 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14312 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14313 ignored." t nil)
14315 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14316 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14318 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14319 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14320 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14321 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14323 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14324 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14325 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14326 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14328 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14329 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14330 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14332 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14333 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14335 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14336 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14338 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14339 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
14340 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14341 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14342 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
14343 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
14344 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14345 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14346 nil skipped
14348 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14349 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14350 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14351 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14352 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14353 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14354 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14355 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14357 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14358 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14359 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14360 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14361 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14362 available:
14364 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14365 then: insert previously read string once more
14366 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14367 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14368 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14370 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14371 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14373 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14374 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14376 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14377 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14378 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14379 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14381 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14382 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14383 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14385 ;;;***
14387 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14821
14388 ;;;;;; 31349))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14391 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14392 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14393 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14395 ;;;***
14397 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14398 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
14399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14401 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14402 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images." t nil)
14404 ;;;***
14406 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14407 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
14408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14410 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14412 ;;;***
14414 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14415 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14417 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14418 Play the Snake game.
14419 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14421 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14423 snake-mode keybindings:
14424 \\<snake-mode-map>
14425 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14426 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14427 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14428 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14429 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14430 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14431 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14433 " t nil)
14435 ;;;***
14437 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14438 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
14439 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14441 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14442 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14443 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14444 Tab indents for C code.
14445 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14446 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14447 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14448 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14449 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14451 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14452 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14453 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14454 Tab indents for C code.
14455 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14456 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14457 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14458 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14459 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14461 ;;;***
14463 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14464 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14465 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14466 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14468 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14469 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14471 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14472 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14473 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14475 For example, the form
14477 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14478 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14480 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14482 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14483 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14485 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14486 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14487 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14488 York City.
14490 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14492 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14493 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14495 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14496 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14497 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14498 York City.
14500 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14502 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14503 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14504 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14505 pair.
14507 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14509 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14510 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14511 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14513 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14514 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14516 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14518 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14519 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14520 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14522 ;;;***
14524 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14525 ;;;;;; 20348))
14526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14528 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14529 Play Solitaire.
14531 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14532 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14533 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14534 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14535 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14536 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14537 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14538 check after each move or undo)
14540 What is Solitaire?
14542 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14543 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14544 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14546 Le Solitaire
14547 ============
14549 o o o
14551 o o o
14553 o o o o o o o
14555 o o o . o o o
14557 o o o o o o o
14559 o o o
14561 o o o
14563 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14564 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14565 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14566 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14568 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14569 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14570 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14571 this: o o .
14573 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14574 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14576 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14578 o o o
14580 . o o
14582 o o . o o o o
14584 o . o o o o o
14586 o o o o o o o
14588 o o o
14590 o o o
14592 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14594 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14596 ;;;***
14598 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14599 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14600 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14886 9525))
14601 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14603 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14604 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14605 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14607 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14608 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14609 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14610 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14611 contiguous.
14613 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14614 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14615 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14616 the sort order.
14618 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14619 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14621 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14622 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14623 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14624 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14625 is called.
14627 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14628 It should move point to the end of the record.
14630 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14631 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14632 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14633 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14634 starts at the beginning of the record.
14636 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14637 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14638 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14640 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14641 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14642 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14643 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14644 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14645 the sort order." t nil)
14647 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14648 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14649 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14650 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14651 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14652 the sort order." t nil)
14654 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14655 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14656 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14657 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14658 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14659 the sort order." t nil)
14661 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14662 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14663 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14664 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14665 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14666 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14667 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14668 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14669 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14671 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14672 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14673 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14674 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14675 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14676 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14677 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14678 the sort order." t nil)
14680 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14681 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14682 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14683 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14684 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14685 is to be used for sorting.
14686 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14687 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14688 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14689 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14690 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14692 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14694 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14695 the sort order.
14697 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14698 starting with the letter \"f\",
14699 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14701 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14702 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14703 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
14704 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14705 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14706 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
14707 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14708 the sort order.
14710 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
14711 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
14712 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
14713 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
14714 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
14716 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
14717 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
14718 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
14720 ;;;***
14722 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
14723 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14783 15356))
14724 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
14726 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
14728 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
14729 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
14730 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
14731 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
14732 supported at a time.
14733 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
14734 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
14736 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
14737 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
14738 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
14739 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
14741 ;;;***
14743 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
14744 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
14745 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
14747 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14749 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
14750 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
14751 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
14752 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
14753 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
14754 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
14756 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
14757 Check spelling of word at or before point.
14758 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
14759 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
14761 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
14762 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
14763 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
14764 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
14765 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
14767 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
14768 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
14770 ;;;***
14772 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
14773 ;;;;;; 31351))
14774 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
14776 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
14777 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
14779 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
14780 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
14782 ;;;***
14784 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
14785 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
14786 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14829 52426))
14787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
14789 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
14790 Show short help for the SQL modes.
14792 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
14793 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
14795 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
14797 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
14799 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
14801 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
14802 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
14803 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
14804 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
14805 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
14806 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
14807 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
14809 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
14811 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
14812 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
14813 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
14814 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
14816 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
14817 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
14818 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
14819 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
14821 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
14822 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
14823 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
14825 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
14826 Major mode to edit SQL.
14828 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
14829 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
14830 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
14832 \\{sql-mode-map}
14833 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
14835 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
14836 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
14837 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
14838 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
14839 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
14840 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
14842 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
14843 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
14845 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
14846 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
14848 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14849 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14850 `*SQL*'.
14852 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
14853 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
14854 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
14855 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
14857 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14858 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14860 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14861 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14862 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14863 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14864 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14865 `default-process-coding-system'.
14867 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14869 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
14870 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
14872 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14873 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14874 `*SQL*'.
14876 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
14877 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
14878 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.
14880 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14881 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14883 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14884 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14885 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14886 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14887 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14888 `default-process-coding-system'.
14890 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14892 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
14893 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
14895 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14896 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14897 `*SQL*'.
14899 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
14900 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14902 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14905 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14906 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14907 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14908 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14909 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14910 `default-process-coding-system'.
14912 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14914 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
14915 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
14917 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
14918 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
14920 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14921 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14922 `*SQL*'.
14924 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
14925 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
14926 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
14928 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14929 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14931 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14932 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14933 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14934 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14935 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14936 `default-process-coding-system'.
14938 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14940 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
14941 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
14943 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14944 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14945 `*SQL*'.
14947 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
14948 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
14949 defaults, if set.
14951 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14952 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14954 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14955 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14956 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14957 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14958 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14959 `default-process-coding-system'.
14961 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14963 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
14964 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
14966 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14967 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14968 `*SQL*'.
14970 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
14971 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14973 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14974 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14976 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14977 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14978 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14979 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14980 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14981 `default-process-coding-system'.
14983 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14985 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
14986 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
14988 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14989 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14990 `*SQL*'.
14992 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
14993 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
14994 as defaults, if set.
14996 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14997 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14999 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15000 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15001 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15002 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15003 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15004 `default-process-coding-system'.
15006 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15008 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15009 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15011 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15012 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15013 `*SQL*'.
15015 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15016 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15018 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15019 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15021 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15022 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15023 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15024 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15025 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15026 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15027 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15028 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15030 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15031 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15033 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15035 ;;;***
15037 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15038 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15039 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15040 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15041 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15042 ;;;;;; (14788 10033))
15043 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15045 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15046 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15047 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15048 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15050 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15052 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15054 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15055 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15056 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15057 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15058 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15059 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15061 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15063 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15064 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15065 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15066 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15067 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15068 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15069 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15071 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15072 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15073 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15074 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15075 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15076 then complete the stroke with button3.
15077 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15079 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15080 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15081 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15083 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15084 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15085 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15087 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15088 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15090 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15092 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15093 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15095 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15096 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15098 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15100 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15101 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15102 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15103 chronologically by command name.
15104 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15106 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15107 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15108 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15109 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15110 mode in all buffers when activated.
15111 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15112 new strokes with
15114 > M-x global-set-stroke
15116 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15117 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15118 strokes with
15120 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15121 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15123 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15124 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15125 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15126 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15128 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15129 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15131 ;;;***
15133 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15134 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
15135 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15137 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15138 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15140 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15141 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15143 ;;;***
15145 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15146 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
15147 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15149 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15150 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15151 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15152 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15153 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15154 original message but it does require a few things:
15156 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15158 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15159 reply buffer.
15161 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15162 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15163 original message.
15165 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15167 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15169 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15170 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15171 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15173 ;;;***
15175 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15176 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15178 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15179 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15180 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15181 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15182 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15184 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15185 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15186 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15187 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15188 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15189 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15190 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15192 ;;;***
15194 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
15195 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15197 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15198 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15200 ;;;***
15202 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536))
15203 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15205 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15206 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15207 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15208 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15209 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15210 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15211 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15213 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15214 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15215 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15216 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15218 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15219 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15221 ;;;***
15223 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15224 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14729 20675))
15225 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15227 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15228 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15229 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15230 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15231 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15232 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15234 Variables controlling indentation style:
15235 tcl-indent-level
15236 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15237 tcl-continued-indent-level
15238 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15240 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15241 documentation for details):
15242 tcl-tab-always-indent
15243 Controls action of TAB key.
15244 tcl-auto-newline
15245 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15246 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15247 tcl-electric-hash-style
15248 Controls action of `#' key.
15249 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15250 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15251 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15252 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15253 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15254 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15256 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15257 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15258 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15259 already exist.
15261 Commands:
15262 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15264 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15265 Run inferior Tcl process.
15266 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15267 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15269 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15270 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15271 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15273 ;;;***
15275 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14729 20675))
15276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15277 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15279 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15280 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15281 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15282 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15283 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15284 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15285 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15286 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15288 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15289 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15290 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15291 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15293 ;;;***
15295 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14702
15296 ;;;;;; 63698))
15297 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15299 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15300 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15301 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15302 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15303 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15304 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15306 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15307 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15309 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15310 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15312 ;;;***
15314 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
15315 ;;;;;; 23449))
15316 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15318 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15319 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15320 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15321 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15322 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15323 program as keyboard input.
15325 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15326 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15327 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15328 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15330 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15331 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15332 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15333 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15334 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15336 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15338 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15339 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15340 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15341 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15343 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15344 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15345 subprocess started." t nil)
15347 ;;;***
15349 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
15350 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15352 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15353 Play the Tetris game.
15354 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15355 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15356 as to form complete rows.
15358 tetris-mode keybindings:
15359 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15360 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15361 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15362 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15363 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15364 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15365 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15366 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15367 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15369 " t nil)
15371 ;;;***
15373 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15374 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15375 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15376 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15377 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15378 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15379 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15380 ;;;;;; (14890 7814))
15381 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15383 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15384 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15386 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15387 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15388 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15389 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15390 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15392 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15393 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15394 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15395 if it matches the first line of the file,
15396 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15398 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15399 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15400 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15401 if the variable is non-nil.")
15403 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15404 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15406 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15407 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15408 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15409 See the documentation of that variable.")
15411 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15412 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15413 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15414 See the documentation of that variable.")
15416 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15417 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15418 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15419 See the documentation of that variable.")
15421 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15422 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15423 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15424 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15426 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15427 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15428 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15430 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15431 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15432 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15433 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15435 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15436 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15437 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15438 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15440 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15441 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15442 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15443 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15445 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15446 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15447 for example,
15449 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15450 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15452 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15453 use.")
15455 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15456 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15457 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15458 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15460 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15461 window system being used. For example,
15463 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15464 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15466 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15467 otherwise.")
15469 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15470 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15471 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15473 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15474 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15475 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15476 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15477 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15479 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15480 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15482 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15483 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15485 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15486 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15487 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15488 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15489 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15490 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15491 says which mode to use." t nil)
15493 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15495 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15497 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15499 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15500 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15501 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15502 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15503 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15505 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15506 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15507 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15508 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15509 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15510 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15511 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15513 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15514 mismatched $'s or braces.
15516 Special commands:
15517 \\{tex-mode-map}
15519 Mode variables:
15520 tex-run-command
15521 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15522 tex-directory
15523 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15524 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15525 tex-dvi-print-command
15526 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15527 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15528 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15529 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15530 tex-dvi-view-command
15531 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15532 tex-show-queue-command
15533 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15534 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15536 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15537 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15538 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15540 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15541 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15542 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15543 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15544 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15546 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15547 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15548 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15549 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15550 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15551 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15552 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15554 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15555 mismatched $'s or braces.
15557 Special commands:
15558 \\{tex-mode-map}
15560 Mode variables:
15561 latex-run-command
15562 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15563 tex-directory
15564 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15565 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15566 tex-dvi-print-command
15567 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15568 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15569 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15570 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15571 tex-dvi-view-command
15572 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15573 tex-show-queue-command
15574 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15575 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15577 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15578 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15579 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15581 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15582 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15583 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15584 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15585 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15587 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15588 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15589 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15590 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15591 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15592 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15593 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15595 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15596 mismatched $'s or braces.
15598 Special commands:
15599 \\{tex-mode-map}
15601 Mode variables:
15602 slitex-run-command
15603 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15604 tex-directory
15605 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15606 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15607 tex-dvi-print-command
15608 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15609 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15610 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15611 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15612 tex-dvi-view-command
15613 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15614 tex-show-queue-command
15615 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15616 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15618 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15619 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15620 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15621 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15623 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15625 ;;;***
15627 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15628 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 36293))
15629 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15631 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15632 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15633 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15634 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15636 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15637 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15638 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15640 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15641 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15642 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15643 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15644 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15646 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15647 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15648 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15649 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15651 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
15652 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
15653 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
15654 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
15656 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
15657 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
15659 ;;;***
15661 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
15662 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (14890 7814))
15663 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
15665 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
15666 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15668 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
15669 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15671 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
15672 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
15674 It has these extra commands:
15675 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
15677 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
15678 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
15679 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
15680 modified version of TeX input format.
15682 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
15683 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
15684 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
15685 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
15687 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
15688 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
15689 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
15690 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
15691 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
15692 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
15693 in the Texinfo file.
15695 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
15696 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
15697 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
15698 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
15699 move forward past the closing brace.
15701 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
15702 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
15704 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
15705 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
15706 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
15708 Here are the functions:
15710 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
15711 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15712 texinfo-sequential-node-update
15714 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15715 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15716 texinfo-master-menu
15718 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15720 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15721 which menu descriptions are indented.
15723 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
15724 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
15725 in the region.
15727 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
15728 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
15729 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
15730 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
15732 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
15733 be the first node in the file.
15735 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
15736 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
15738 ;;;***
15740 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
15741 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
15742 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
15743 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
15745 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
15746 Compose Thai characters in the region.
15747 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15748 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
15750 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
15751 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
15753 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
15754 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
15756 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
15758 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
15759 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
15760 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15761 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15762 to compose.
15764 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
15766 ;;;***
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
15769 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
15770 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
15771 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
15773 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
15774 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
15776 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15777 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
15778 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15779 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15780 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15782 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15783 a symbol as a valid THING.
15785 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
15786 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
15788 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15789 Return the THING at point.
15790 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15791 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15792 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15794 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15795 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
15797 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15799 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15801 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15803 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15805 ;;;***
15807 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
15808 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
15809 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
15810 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
15811 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
15812 ;;;;;; 33974))
15813 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
15815 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
15816 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
15817 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
15819 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
15820 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
15822 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
15823 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
15824 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
15826 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15827 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
15829 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15830 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
15832 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15833 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
15834 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
15835 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
15837 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15838 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
15839 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
15840 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
15842 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15844 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15845 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
15846 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
15848 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15849 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
15850 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
15852 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15854 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15856 ;;;***
15858 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
15859 ;;;;;; (14883 35658))
15860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
15862 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
15863 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
15864 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15865 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15866 parameters.
15867 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15869 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
15870 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
15871 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15872 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15873 parameters.
15874 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15876 ;;;***
15878 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
15879 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14854 32222))
15880 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
15882 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
15883 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
15885 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
15886 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15887 This display updates automatically every minute.
15888 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15889 are displayed as well.
15890 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15892 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
15893 Toggle Display-Time mode on or off.
15894 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15896 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
15898 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15900 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
15902 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
15903 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15904 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
15906 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
15907 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15908 are displayed as well.
15909 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15911 ;;;***
15913 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
15914 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
15915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
15917 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15918 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
15920 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15921 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
15922 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
15924 ;;;***
15926 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
15927 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14845 20872))
15928 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
15930 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
15931 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
15932 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
15933 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
15934 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
15935 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
15936 look like one of the following:
15937 Time-stamp: <>
15938 Time-stamp: \" \"
15939 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
15940 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
15941 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
15942 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
15943 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
15944 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
15945 template." t nil)
15947 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
15948 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
15949 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15951 ;;;***
15953 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
15954 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
15955 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
15956 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
15957 ;;;;;; (14845 20873))
15958 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
15960 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
15961 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
15962 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
15963 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
15964 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
15965 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
15966 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
15967 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
15969 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
15970 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
15971 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
15972 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
15973 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
15974 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
15975 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
15976 this function is called within a day.
15978 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
15979 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
15980 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
15981 discover the name of the project." t nil)
15983 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
15984 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
15985 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
15986 begun during the last time segment.
15988 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
15989 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
15990 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
15991 discover the reason." t nil)
15993 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
15994 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
15996 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
15997 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
15998 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
15999 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16000 project you were working on." t nil)
16002 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16003 Ask the user before clocking out.
16004 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16006 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16007 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16008 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16010 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16011 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16012 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16013 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16014 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16015 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16017 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16018 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16019 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16020 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16022 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16023 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16024 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16025 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16026 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16027 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16028 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16029 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16030 non-nil." t nil)
16032 ;;;***
16034 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16035 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16036 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
16037 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16039 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16041 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16042 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16044 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16045 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16047 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16048 Perform an action at time TIME.
16049 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16050 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16051 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16052 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16053 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16054 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16056 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16058 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16059 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16060 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16061 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16062 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16064 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16066 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16067 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16068 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16069 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16071 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16072 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16073 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16074 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16076 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16077 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16079 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16080 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16082 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16083 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16084 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16085 The call should look like:
16086 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16087 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16088 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16089 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16090 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16092 ;;;***
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16095 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14821 31351))
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16098 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16099 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16100 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16101 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16103 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16104 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16105 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16106 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16107 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16108 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16109 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16111 ;;;***
16113 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16114 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14890 7814))
16115 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16116 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16117 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16118 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16120 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16121 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16122 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16123 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16124 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16126 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16127 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16128 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16129 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16130 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16132 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16133 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16134 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16135 in the menu in two ways:
16136 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16137 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16138 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16140 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16141 keymap or an alist of alists.
16142 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16143 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16145 ;;;***
16147 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities)
16148 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14876 60332))
16149 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16151 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16152 List top priorities for each category.
16154 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16155 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16157 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16158 between each category." t nil)
16160 (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16161 Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'.
16163 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16164 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil)
16166 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16167 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16168 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16169 between each category.
16171 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16173 ;;;***
16175 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16176 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14885 15496))
16177 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16179 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16180 Toggle Tool-Bar mode on or off.
16181 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16183 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16185 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16187 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16189 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16190 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16191 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16193 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16194 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16196 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16197 Add an item to the tool bar.
16198 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16199 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16200 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16201 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16203 ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The
16204 function will try to use first ICON.xpm, ICON.pbm then ICON.xbm using
16205 `find-image'.
16207 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16208 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16209 function." nil nil)
16211 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16212 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16213 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16214 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16215 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16216 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16217 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16219 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16220 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16221 function." nil nil)
16223 ;;;***
16225 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16226 ;;;;;; (14883 29489))
16227 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16229 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16230 Mode for tooltip display.
16231 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16233 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16234 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16236 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16238 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16240 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16242 ;;;***
16244 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14886
16245 ;;;;;; 17544))
16246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16248 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16250 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16252 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16253 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16255 ;;;***
16257 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16258 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (14886 17615))
16259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16261 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16262 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16264 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16265 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16267 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16268 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16270 ;;;***
16272 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16275 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16276 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16277 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16278 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16279 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16281 ;;;***
16283 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16284 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16285 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16287 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16288 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16290 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16291 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16292 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16293 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16294 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16295 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16296 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16297 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16299 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16300 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16301 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16302 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16303 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16304 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16305 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16307 ;;;***
16309 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16310 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (14876 60333))
16311 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16312 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16313 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16314 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16316 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16317 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16318 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16319 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16320 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16321 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16322 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16324 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16325 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16326 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16327 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16329 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16331 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16332 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16333 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16334 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16335 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16336 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16337 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16339 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16340 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16342 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16343 \\___/\\
16344 / \\
16345 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16347 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16349 ;;;***
16351 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16352 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16353 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16354 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
16355 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16357 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16358 Toggle typing break mode.
16359 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16360 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16361 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16363 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16365 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16367 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16368 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16370 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16371 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16373 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16374 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16375 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16377 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16378 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16380 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16381 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16382 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16384 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16385 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16386 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16387 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16388 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16389 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16391 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16392 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16393 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16394 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16396 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16397 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16399 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16400 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16402 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16403 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16404 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16406 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16407 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16408 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16409 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16410 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16411 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16412 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16414 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16415 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16417 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16418 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16419 reset the keystroke counter.
16421 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16422 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16423 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16424 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16426 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16427 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16428 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16429 `type-break-schedule' command.
16431 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16432 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16433 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16434 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16435 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16436 or not to continue.
16438 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16439 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16440 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16441 approximate good values for this.
16443 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16444 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16446 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16447 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16448 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16449 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16450 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16451 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16453 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16454 a typing break occur. They include:
16456 `type-break-query-mode'
16457 `type-break-query-function'
16458 `type-break-query-interval'
16460 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16462 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16463 Take a typing break.
16465 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16466 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16468 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16469 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16471 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16472 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16473 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16474 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16476 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16477 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16479 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16480 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16481 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16482 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16483 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16484 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16485 average typing speed.)
16487 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16488 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16489 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16490 the computed maximum threshold.
16492 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16493 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16494 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16495 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16496 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16498 ;;;***
16500 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16501 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16504 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16505 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16506 Works by overstriking underscores.
16507 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16508 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16510 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16511 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16512 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16513 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16515 ;;;***
16517 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16518 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16519 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16521 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16522 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16523 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16525 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16526 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16527 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16528 following the containing message." t nil)
16530 ;;;***
16532 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16533 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16536 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16537 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16538 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16539 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16540 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16541 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16543 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16544 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16546 ;;;***
16548 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16549 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
16550 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16552 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16553 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16554 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16555 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16556 to refrain from editing the file
16557 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16558 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16559 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16560 in any way you like." nil nil)
16562 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16563 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16564 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16565 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16566 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16568 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16569 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16571 ;;;***
16573 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16574 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14877 36787))
16575 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16577 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16578 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
16579 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
16580 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
16582 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16583 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
16584 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16586 ;;;***
16588 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16589 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16590 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16591 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16592 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16593 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14874 16518))
16594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16596 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16597 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16598 See `run-hooks'.")
16600 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16601 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16602 See `run-hooks'.")
16604 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16605 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16606 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16607 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16608 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16609 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16611 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16612 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16613 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16614 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16615 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16617 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16618 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16620 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16621 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16623 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16624 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16625 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16626 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16627 lock steals will raise an error.
16629 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16631 For RCS and SCCS files:
16632 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16633 control.
16634 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
16635 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
16636 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
16637 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
16638 it performs a revert.
16639 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
16640 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
16641 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
16642 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
16643 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
16644 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
16645 the option to steal the lock.
16647 For CVS files:
16648 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16649 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
16650 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
16651 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
16652 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
16653 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
16654 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
16655 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
16656 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
16658 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
16659 Register the current file into a version control system.
16660 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
16661 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
16663 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
16664 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
16665 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
16666 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
16667 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
16668 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
16670 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
16671 Display diffs between file versions.
16672 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
16673 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
16674 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
16675 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
16677 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
16678 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
16679 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
16680 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
16682 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
16683 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
16684 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
16685 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
16687 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
16688 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
16689 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
16690 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
16691 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
16692 from the current branch.
16694 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
16696 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
16697 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
16698 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
16700 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
16701 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
16703 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
16705 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
16706 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
16708 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
16709 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
16710 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
16711 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
16712 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
16713 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
16715 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
16716 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
16717 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
16718 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
16719 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
16720 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
16722 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
16723 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
16725 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
16726 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
16727 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
16728 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
16729 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
16731 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
16732 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
16733 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
16735 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
16736 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
16738 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
16739 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
16740 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
16741 directory.
16743 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
16745 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
16746 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
16747 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
16749 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
16750 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
16752 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
16753 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
16754 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
16755 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks
16756 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time
16757 scale.
16759 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
16760 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
16761 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
16762 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
16764 ;;;***
16766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14874 16518))
16767 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
16768 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
16769 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
16770 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
16771 (require 'vc-cvs)
16772 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
16774 ;;;***
16776 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
16777 ;;;;;; (14874 16518))
16778 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
16780 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
16781 *Where to look for RCS master files.
16782 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16784 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
16786 ;;;***
16788 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
16789 ;;;;;; (14869 5816))
16790 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
16792 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
16793 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
16794 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16796 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
16798 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
16799 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
16800 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
16801 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
16803 ;;;***
16805 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
16806 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
16807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
16809 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
16810 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
16812 Usage:
16813 ------
16815 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
16816 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
16817 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
16818 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
16819 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
16820 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
16821 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
16822 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
16823 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
16824 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
16825 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16826 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
16827 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
16828 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
16829 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
16830 The following abbreviations can also be used:
16831 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
16832 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
16833 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16835 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
16836 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
16837 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
16839 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
16840 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
16841 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
16842 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
16843 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
16844 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
16845 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
16846 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
16847 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
16849 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
16850 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
16851 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
16852 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
16853 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
16854 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
16855 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
16856 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
16858 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
16859 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
16860 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
16862 - COMMENTS:
16863 `--' puts a single comment.
16864 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
16865 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
16866 comment in between.
16867 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
16868 following lines.
16869 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
16870 uncomments a region if already commented out.
16872 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
16873 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
16874 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
16875 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
16876 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
16877 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
16878 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
16879 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
16880 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
16881 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
16882 multi-line comments.
16884 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
16885 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
16886 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
16887 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
16888 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
16889 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
16890 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
16891 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
16892 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
16894 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
16895 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
16896 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
16897 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
16898 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
16899 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
16900 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
16901 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
16902 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
16903 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
16905 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
16906 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
16907 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
16908 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
16909 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
16910 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
16911 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
16912 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
16913 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
16914 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
16915 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
16916 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
16917 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
16919 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
16921 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
16922 menu).
16924 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
16926 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
16927 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
16928 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
16929 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
16930 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
16932 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
16933 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
16934 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
16935 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
16936 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
16937 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
16938 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
16939 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
16940 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
16942 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
16943 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
16944 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
16945 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
16946 specified.
16948 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
16949 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
16950 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
16951 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
16952 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
16953 the current directory for VHDL source files.
16955 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
16956 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
16957 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
16958 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
16959 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
16960 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
16961 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
16962 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
16963 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
16964 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
16965 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
16967 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
16968 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
16969 Math Packages.
16971 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
16972 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
16973 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
16974 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
16975 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
16976 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
16977 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
16978 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
16980 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
16981 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
16982 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
16983 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
16984 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
16985 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
16987 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
16988 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
16989 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
16990 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
16991 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
16993 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
16994 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
16995 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
16996 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
16997 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
16999 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17000 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17001 highlighted if written in lower case.
17003 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17004 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17005 is non-nil.
17007 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17008 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17009 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17011 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17012 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17013 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17015 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17016 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17017 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17019 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17020 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17021 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17022 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17023 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17024 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17025 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17027 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17028 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17029 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17030 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17031 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17033 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17034 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17035 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17036 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17038 - HINTS:
17039 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17042 Maintenance:
17043 ------------
17045 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17046 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17048 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17050 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17051 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17052 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17053 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17055 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17056 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17057 version and release notes can be found.
17060 Bugs and Limitations:
17061 ---------------------
17063 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17064 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17065 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17066 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17067 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17068 does not work under XEmacs.
17071 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17072 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17074 Key bindings:
17075 -------------
17077 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17079 ;;;***
17081 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
17082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17084 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17085 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17086 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17087 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17089 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17090 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17091 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17092 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17093 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17095 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17096 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17098 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17100 * Limitations and unsupported features
17101 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17102 not supported.
17103 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17104 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17106 * Modifications
17107 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17108 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17109 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17110 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17111 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17112 for undoing a repeated change command.
17113 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17114 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17115 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17117 * Extensions
17118 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17119 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17120 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17121 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17122 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17123 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17124 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17125 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17127 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17129 ;;;***
17131 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17132 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17133 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17134 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17137 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17138 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17140 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17141 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17142 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17143 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17145 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17146 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17148 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17149 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17150 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17151 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17153 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17154 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17156 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17158 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17160 ;;;***
17162 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17163 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17164 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14862
17165 ;;;;;; 37894))
17166 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17168 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17169 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17170 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17171 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17173 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17175 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17176 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17177 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17178 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17179 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17180 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17181 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17183 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17185 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17186 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17187 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17188 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17189 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17190 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17191 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17192 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17194 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17196 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17197 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17198 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17199 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17200 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17201 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17202 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17203 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17205 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17207 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17208 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17209 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17210 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17211 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17212 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17213 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17215 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17217 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17218 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17219 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17221 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17222 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17223 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17224 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17225 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17226 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17227 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17228 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17230 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17232 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17233 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17234 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17236 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17237 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17238 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17239 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17240 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17241 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17242 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17243 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17245 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17247 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17248 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17249 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17251 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17252 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17253 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17255 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17256 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17257 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17258 read-only.
17259 \\<view-mode-map>
17260 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17261 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17262 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17263 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17264 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17266 H, h, ? This message.
17267 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17268 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17269 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17270 > move to the end of buffer.
17271 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17272 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17273 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17274 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17275 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17276 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17277 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17278 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17279 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17280 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17281 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17282 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17283 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17284 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17285 Use this to view a changing file.
17286 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17287 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17288 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17289 . set the mark.
17290 x exchanges point and mark.
17291 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17292 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17293 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17294 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17295 ' go to position saved in character register.
17296 s do forward incremental search.
17297 r do reverse incremental search.
17298 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17299 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17300 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17301 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17302 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17303 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17304 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17305 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17306 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17307 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17308 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17309 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17310 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17311 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17312 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17314 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17315 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17316 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17317 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17318 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17319 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17320 will return to that buffer.
17322 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17324 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17325 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17326 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17327 `view-return-to-alist'.
17328 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17329 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17330 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17332 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17333 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17334 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17335 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17336 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17337 1) nil Do nothing.
17338 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17339 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17340 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17341 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17343 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17345 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17347 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17348 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17350 ;;;***
17352 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
17353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17355 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17356 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17358 ;;;***
17360 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17361 ;;;;;; (14878 17056))
17362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17364 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17365 Toggle Viper on/off.
17366 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17368 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17369 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17371 ;;;***
17373 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
17374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17376 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17377 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17379 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17380 hotlist.
17382 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17383 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17385 ;;;***
17387 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
17388 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14875 40521))
17389 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17391 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17392 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
17393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17394 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
17396 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17398 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17400 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
17402 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
17403 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17404 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17405 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17407 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17408 and off otherwise." t nil)
17410 ;;;***
17412 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17413 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
17414 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14826 56520))
17415 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17417 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17418 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17419 These are:
17420 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17421 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17422 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17423 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17424 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17426 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17427 and:
17428 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17429 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17431 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17432 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17434 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17435 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17437 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17438 whitespace problems." t nil)
17440 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17441 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17443 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17444 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17447 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17448 \(which see).")
17450 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17452 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17454 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17455 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17457 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17458 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17460 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17461 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17462 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17463 replaced with TABS).
17464 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17465 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17467 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17469 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17470 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17472 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17473 i - Indentation whitespace.
17474 l - Leading whitespace.
17475 s - Space followed by Tab.
17476 t - Trailing whitespace.
17478 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17479 !<y>.
17481 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17482 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17483 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17484 always they default to 8.)
17486 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17487 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17488 even print it.
17490 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17491 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17492 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17493 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17494 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17495 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17496 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17497 to set smarttab.)
17499 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17500 merge problems.
17502 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17503 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17504 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17506 ;;;***
17508 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17509 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14840 890))
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17512 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17513 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17515 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17516 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17518 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17519 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17521 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17522 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17523 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17525 ;;;***
17527 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17528 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14883 29489))
17529 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17531 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17532 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17533 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17535 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17536 Create widget of TYPE.
17537 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17539 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17540 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17542 ;;;***
17544 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17545 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17546 ;;;;;; 44775))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17549 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17550 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17551 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17552 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17553 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17554 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17555 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17557 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17558 Select the window above the current one.
17559 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17560 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17561 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17562 negative ARG) of the current window.
17563 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17565 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17566 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17567 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17568 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17569 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17570 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17571 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17573 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17574 Select the window below the current one.
17575 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17576 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17577 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17578 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17579 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17581 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17582 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17584 ;;;***
17586 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17587 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17588 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17590 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17591 Toggle winner-mode.
17592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17593 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17595 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17597 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17599 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17600 Toggle Winner mode.
17601 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17603 ;;;***
17605 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17606 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14836 3751))
17607 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17609 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17610 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17611 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17612 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17613 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
17614 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
17615 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
17616 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
17618 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
17619 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
17621 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
17622 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
17624 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
17625 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
17626 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
17627 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
17628 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
17629 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
17630 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
17631 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
17633 ;;;***
17635 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
17636 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
17637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
17639 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
17640 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
17642 BUGS:
17643 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
17644 are not implemented
17645 - Options for search and replace
17646 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
17647 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
17649 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
17650 Emacs-like.
17652 The key bindings are:
17654 C-a backward-word
17655 C-b fill-paragraph
17656 C-c scroll-up-line
17657 C-d forward-char
17658 C-e previous-line
17659 C-f forward-word
17660 C-g delete-char
17661 C-h backward-char
17662 C-i indent-for-tab-command
17663 C-j help-for-help
17664 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
17665 C-l ws-repeat-search
17666 C-n open-line
17667 C-p quoted-insert
17668 C-r scroll-down-line
17669 C-s backward-char
17670 C-t kill-word
17671 C-u keyboard-quit
17672 C-v overwrite-mode
17673 C-w scroll-down
17674 C-x next-line
17675 C-y kill-complete-line
17676 C-z scroll-up
17678 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
17679 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
17680 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
17681 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
17682 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
17683 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
17684 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
17685 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
17686 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
17687 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
17688 C-k b ws-begin-block
17689 C-k c ws-copy-block
17690 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
17691 C-k f find-file
17692 C-k h ws-show-markers
17693 C-k i ws-indent-block
17694 C-k k ws-end-block
17695 C-k p ws-print-block
17696 C-k q kill-emacs
17697 C-k r insert-file
17698 C-k s save-some-buffers
17699 C-k t ws-mark-word
17700 C-k u ws-exdent-block
17701 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
17702 C-k v ws-move-block
17703 C-k w ws-write-block
17704 C-k x kill-emacs
17705 C-k y ws-delete-block
17707 C-o c wordstar-center-line
17708 C-o b switch-to-buffer
17709 C-o j justify-current-line
17710 C-o k kill-buffer
17711 C-o l list-buffers
17712 C-o m auto-fill-mode
17713 C-o r set-fill-column
17714 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
17715 C-o wd delete-other-windows
17716 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
17717 C-o wo other-window
17718 C-o wv split-window-vertically
17720 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
17721 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
17722 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
17723 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
17724 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
17725 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
17726 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
17727 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
17728 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
17729 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
17730 C-q a ws-query-replace
17731 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
17732 C-q c end-of-buffer
17733 C-q d end-of-line
17734 C-q f ws-search
17735 C-q k ws-to-block-end
17736 C-q l ws-undo
17737 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
17738 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
17739 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
17740 C-q w ws-last-error
17741 C-q y ws-kill-eol
17742 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
17743 " t nil)
17745 ;;;***
17747 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
17748 ;;;;;; 149))
17749 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
17751 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
17752 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
17753 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
17755 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
17757 ;;;***
17759 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
17760 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
17761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
17763 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
17764 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
17766 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
17767 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
17769 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
17770 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
17771 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
17773 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
17774 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
17776 ;;;***
17778 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351))
17779 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
17781 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
17782 Zone out, completely." t nil)
17784 ;;;***
17786 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
17787 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
17788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
17790 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
17791 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
17793 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
17794 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
17796 Zone-mode does two things:
17798 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
17799 when saving the file
17801 - fontification" t nil)
17803 ;;;***
17805 ;;; Local Variables:
17806 ;;; version-control: never
17807 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
17808 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
17809 ;;; End:
17810 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here